Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Dokumen - Tips Speedstar Varistar Manua

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 165

 

SpeedStar and VariStar 


2000+/SWD Operation Manual
Reference: InTouch ID 4197006
Version: 3.1
Release Date: 20-Jan-2011
EDMS UID: 1648720621
Produced: 01-Feb-2011 22:21:37
Owner: AL Engineering EPC
 Author: Ahmed El-Kadri

Private   SpeedStar
SWD, sine 2000
wave drive,UniConn, 200 to 1500 kVA,

Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


 

SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / Legal Information

Legal Information

Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This work contains the confidential and proprietary trade secrets of Schlumberger 
and may not be copied or stored in an information retrieval system, transferred,
used, distributed, translated or retransmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, in whole or in part, without the express written
     7
     3
    : permission of the copyright owner.
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2 Trademarks & Service marks
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
Schlumberger, the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used
     F
  -
     1 to identify the products and services described herein are either trademarks,
     0
    : trade names or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the
     d
    e
    c property of their respective owners. These marks may not be copied, imitated
    u
     d
    o
    r or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of 
     P
     \
     1
     2
Schlumberger. In addition, covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and
     6
     0
     2
other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress
     7
     8
     4
of Schlumberger, and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part,
     6
     1 without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger.
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S  A complete list of Schlumberger marks may be viewed at the Schlumberger 
     M
     D Oilfield Services Marks page:   http://markslist.slb.com
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / Document Control

Document Control
Owner:   AL Engineering EPC

 Author:   Ahmed El-Kadri

Reviewer:   Charleton Walker 

 Approver:   Faruq Rajwani

     7
     3
    :
Contact Information
     1
     2
    : Name:   AL Engineering EPC
     2
     2 LDAP Alias: AL Engineering EPC
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e Revision History
     F
  -
     1
     0 Version Date Description Prepared by
    :
     d
    e 1 19-Apr-2006   this manual combines both SpeedStar 2000+ Author:  O. Pearce
    c
    u and SpeedStar SWD operating procedures.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \ 2 15-Jun-2009   Author:  Ekaterina Rudina, O.
     1 Pearce
     2
     6
     0
     2 3 17-Jun-2009   Added information for the S7+ and ST7 VSDs.   Author:   Ekaterina Rudina
     7
     8
     4 3. 1 20- Jan-2011   Updated drive specifications, added the Author:   Ahmed El-Kadri
     6
     1 typeform setup procedure and added
    :
     D
     I super-user reset procedures.
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

iv    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Table of Contents   iv 

Table of Contents

1   Product Description   ____________________________________________    1-1


1.1   Motor Controller _____________________________________________    1-5 
1.2    The Sine Wave Filter ________________________________________    1-6 
1.3   Drives’ Comparison __________________________________________    1-6 
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 2    QHSE   __________________________________________________________    2-1
     2
     1
     1
2.1   Operating safety precautions _________________________________    2-1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - 3   Inspection/Storage/Disposal   ___________________________________    3-1
     1
     0
    :
3.1   Inspection of the new unit ____________________________________    3-1
     d
    e
    c
3.2    Storage and Shipping ________________________________________    3-1
    u
     d 3.3   Disposal ____________________________________________________    3-2 
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
4   Specifications   __________________________________________________    4-1
     2
     7 4.1   SpeedStar S3 VSD Operating Specifications ___________________    4-1
     8
     4 4.2    SpeedStar S7+ VSD Operating Specifications _________________    4-4
     6
     1
    : 4.3   VariStar ST7 VSD Operating Specifications ____________________    4-6 
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D 5    CE Compliance Requirements   __________________________________    5-1
     E
     \
     1 5.1   EMC Directive _______________________________________________    5-2 
     1
     0 5.2    Low-Voltage Directive ________________________________________    5-3
     2
  -
    n 5.3   CE Compliant Installation Guidelines __________________________    5-3
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a 6    Wiring   __________________________________________________________    6-1
     D
    e 6.1   Important Notes on Drive Wiring ______________________________    6-1
    s
    a 6.2    Selection of Wiring Equipment and Standard Cable Sizes ______    6-2 
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
6.3   Grounding ___________________________________________________    6-6 
     1
 .
     3
     \
6.4   Wiring Considerations for Mechanical Equipment ______________    6-6 
     6
     0 6.5    Interconnection Wiring _______________________________________    6-7 
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
7    Operator Interface   ______________________________________________    7-1
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T 8    Installation   _____________________________________________________    8-1
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
8.1   Installation Safety Precautions ________________________________    8-1
    a
     K
  -
8.2    Confirmation of Wiring ________________________________________    8-3
     l
     E 8.3   Start-Up Test ________________________________________________    8-4
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
9   Startup and Commissioning   ____________________________________    9-1
     P 9.1   Required Startup Equipment and Tools ________________________    9-1
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

v    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Table of Contents   v 

9.2    Pre-Power up Checks for Initial Startup ________________________    9-1


9.3   Main Power Circuit Checks for Initial Startup ___________________    9-3
9.4   Commissioning Procedures __________________________________    9-11

10    Optional and Combinable Equipment   __________________________    10-1


10.1   SCADA Equipment __________________________________________    10-1
10.2    Communication Equipment Installation, Commissioning, Maintenance
and Troubleshooting ________________________________________    10-2 
10.3   VariStar ST7 VSD Optional Equipment _______________________    10-3
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
11   Maintenance   __________________________________________________    11-1
     2
     1 11.1   Periodic Inspection __________________________________________    11-1
     1
     0 11.2    Motor Controller Maintenance ________________________________    11-4
     2
  -
     b 11.3   Requesting Maintenance Support ____________________________    11-4
    e
     F
  -
     1 11.4   Component Service Life ____________________________________    11-4
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u 12    Troubleshooting   _______________________________________________    12-1
     d
    o
    r
     P
12.1   Required Troubleshooting Equipment and Tools ______________    12-1
     \
     1 12.2    Capturing Drive Data ________________________________________    12-1
     2
     6
     0 12.3   Pre-Power up Checks _______________________________________    12-2 
     2
     7
     8
     4
12.4   Main Power Circuit Component Checks ______________________    12-4
     6
     1
    :
12.5    Typeform Setup ____________________________________________    12-36 
     D
     I 12.6    Super-user Resets _________________________________________    12-46 
     U
     S 12.7    S3/S7+/VariStar 454 – 1500 kVA Dip Switch Setting __________    12-53
     M
     D 12.8    Troubleshooting the UniConn _______________________________    12-56 
     E
     \
     1
     1
12.9   Common Fault Displays ____________________________________    12-56 
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - Appendices
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D  A   Menu Maps   _____________________________________________________    A-1
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e B   Reference Material   _____________________________________________    B-1
     R
     \
     1
 . B.1   Harmonics Concerns with VSDs ______________________________    B-1
     3
     \
     6 B.2    ROM Versions and History ___________________________________    B-4
     0
     0
     7
     9
B.3   Application Data and Issue Identification Table _________________    B-5 
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
C    VSD Nameplate   ________________________________________________    C-1
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r D   Special Symbols   _______________________________________________    D-1
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

vi    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / List of Figures   vi 

List of Figures

1-1   SpeedStar S3 VSD Major Components (interior of typical single-inverter 


260–518 kVA shown) ______________________________________________    1-3
1-2    SpeedStar S7+ VSD Major Components (interior of typical single-inverter 
260–518 kVA shown) ______________________________________________    1-4
1-3   VariStar ST7 VSD Major Components (interior of typical 390 or 518 kVA
shown with the SPD option) ________________________________________    1-5 
     7
     3
    : 1-4   Sine Wave Drive Output Comparison _______________________________    1-6 
     1
     2
    : 1-5    Component Comparison ___________________________________________    1-8 
     2
     2
     1 2-1   Placement of the MCCB1 circuit breaker in the S7+ VSD system _____    2-3
     1
     0
     2
5-1   Tool Equivalency Table _____________________________________________    5-3
  -
     b 5-2    EU Declaration of Conformity with Council Directive 2006/95/EC______    5-6 
    e
     F
  -
     1 6-1   Schlumberger S3 VSD Power and Communications System Overview Block
     0
    :
     d
Diagram __________________________________________________________    6-8 
    e
    c
    u
6-2    Schlumberger S7+ and ST7 VSD Power and Communications System
     d
    o
    r
Overview Block Diagram ___________________________________________    6-9
     P
     \
     1 6-3   S3 VSD Terminal Board Interconnect Diagram______________________    6-10 
     2
     6
     0
6-4   S7+ and ST7 VSD Terminal Board Interconnect Diagram ____________    6-11
     2
     7
     8
6-5    S3 Control Board Diagram ________________________________________    6-13
     4 6-6    S7+ and ST7 Control Board Diagram ______________________________    6-14
     6
     1
    : 6-7    Control Transformer, T1, Terminal Block____________________________    6-14
     D
     I
     U 9-1   S3 VSD Terminal Board (Control Power Test Points) _________________    9-7 
     S
     M 9-2    S3 VSD Terminal Test Points _______________________________________    9-8 
     D
     E
     \ 9-3   S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board (control power test points) __________    9-8 
     1
     1 9-4   S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Test Points ______________________________    9-9
     0
     2
  -
    n 12-1   Diode test points _________________________________________________    12-7 
    a
     J
  - 12-2    Single-Transistor IGBT Block Diagram and Schematic (module
     0
     2
    :
    e
MG500Q1US11 shown) ___________________________________________    12-9
     t
    a 12-3   S3 VSD Terminal Board (control power test points) ________________    12-12 
     D
    e 12-4   S3 VSD Terminal Test Points _____________________________________    12-13
    s
    a
    e
     l 12-5    S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board (control power test points)________    12-13
    e
     R
     \ 12-6    S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Test Points ____________________________    12-14
     1
 .
     3
     \ 12-7    S3 & S7+ VSD Gate Driver Board Test Points _____________________    12-17 
     6
     0 12-8    S7+ and ST7 VSD Interface Board Test Points ____________________    12-18 
     0
     7
     9 12-9 Super-user mode programming steps _____________________________    12-23
     1
     4
     D
     I
12-10    Gate Drive Board waveform ______________________________________    12-26 
     h
    c 12-11   Gate Drive Board Connections ___________________________________    12-27 
    u
    o
     T
12-12    Waveform-signals leaving Interface board _________________________    12-29
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
12-13   Reduced output voltage waveform ________________________________    12-30 
     d
    a 12-14   Reduced output voltage waveform ________________________________    12-31
     K
  -
     l 12-15    Full voltage test waveform (no motor load) ________________________    12-35 
     E
     d 12-16    SWD full voltage test waveform at the output ______________________    12-36 
    e
    m
     h B-1   VSD Points of Common Coupling ___________________________________    B-3
     A
     \
     C B-2    Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 1 of 2)_____________    B-6 
     P
     E B-3   Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 2 of 2)_____________    B-7 
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

vii    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / List of Figures   vii 

C-1   Example of a nameplate on the front of an SLB VSD _________________    C-1


C-2    Example of the label that can be seen on the inside door of an SLB
VSD ______________________________________________________________    C-2 
C-3   Example of the information that can be seen on the drawings for the
VSDs _____________________________________________________________    C-3

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

viii    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / List of Tables   viii 

List of Tables

1-1   Summary of VSD types sold through Schlumberger __________________    1-1


1-2    Basic Feature Comparison _________________________________________    1-6 
4-1   S3 VSD Operating Specifications ___________________________________    4-2 
4-2    S7+ VSD Operating Specifications __________________________________    4-4
4-3   ST7 VSD Operating Specifications__________________________________  4-7 
5-1   European Market Standards________________________________________    5-2 
     7
     3
    : 5-2    Filter Selection ____________________________________________________    5-5 
     1
     2
    : 5-3   Additional Standards Toshiba has Applied ___________________________    5-6 
     2
     2
     1 6-1   Selection of main circuit wiring equipment for VSDs (standard cables
     1
     0
     2
shown)____________________________________________________________    6-3
  -
     b 6-2    VSD Terminal Locations___________________________________________    6-12 
    e
     F
  -
     1 6-3   T1 Connections and Functions ____________________________________    6-15 
     0
    :
     d
9-1   Input diode test reading (diode in circuit) ____________________________    9-5 
    e
    c
    u
9-2    VOM Connection Points and Readings ______________________________    9-5 
     d
    o
    r
9-3   S3 control power supplies test points and readings __________________    9-7 
     P
     \
     1 9-4   S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points and readings ________    9-9
     2
     6
     0
11-1   Periodic Visual Inspection Checklist________________________________    11-2 
     2
     7
     8
11-2    Service Life Replacement Chart ___________________________________    11-5 
     4 12-1   Step-Up Transformer/Motor/Cable Data Confirmation _______________    12-3
     6
     1
    : 12-2    Step-Up Transformer and Cable Resistances _______________________    12-3
     D
     I
     U 12-3   Input diode test reading (diode in circuit) ___________________________    12-6 
     S
     M 12-4   VOM Connection Points and Readings _____________________________    12-7 
     D
     E
     \ 12-5    Resistor Values to be Checked if Bad IGBT Was Found _____________    12-8 
     1
     1 12-6    Single-transistor test connection points and values _________________    12-10 
     0
     2
  -
    n 12-7    S3 VSD Control power supplies test points and readings ___________    12-12 
    a
     J
  - 12-8    S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points and readings ______    12-14
     0
     2
    :
    e 12-9   S3 VSD Gate Drive Board (42755) Test Point Readings ____________    12-14
     t
    a 12-10    S3 VSD Interface Board (PC61910P109A) Test Point Readings (for double
     D
    e and triple units only) _____________________________________________    12-15 
    s
    a
    e
     l 12-11   S7+ and ST7 VSD Gate Drive Board (42755) Test Point Readings __    12-15 
    e
     R
     \ 12-12    S7+ and ST7 VSD Interface Board (PC61910P120X, X=B, C, or D) Test Point
     1
 .
     3
     \ Readings _______________________________________________________    12-16 
     6
     0 12-13   Super-user Reset-Required Parts_________________________________    12-19
     0
     7
     9 12-14 Gate Drive Board output test points _______________________________    12-25 
     1
     4
     D
     I
12-15    Superuser Reset-Required Parts _________________________________    12-47 
     h
    c 12-16    S3/S7+ Models, 454 - 1500 kVA, Without Sinewave Filter __________    12-54
    u
    o
     T
12-17    S3/S7+ Models, 454 - 1500 kVA, Sinewave Filter __________________    12-55 
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
12-18    S3 VSD Typeform Codes ________________________________________    12-56 
     d
    a 12-19   S7+/ST7 Typeform Codes ________________________________________    12-57 
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-i 

1   Product Description
1.1   Motor Controller ________________________________________________    1-5 
1.2    The Sine Wave Filter ___________________________________________    1-6 
1.3    Drives’ Comparison ____________________________________________    1-6 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-1

1   Product Description
SpeedStar Low Voltage Variable Speed Drives (VSDs) are available in four 
configurations, the SpeedStar 2000 Plus VSD, the SpeedStar SWD (sine wave
drive) VSD, the SpeedStar 519 VSD, and the SpeedStar 519 SWD VSD. Within
     7 the SpeedStar 2000/SWD lines there is also additional differentiation, S3 and
     3
    :
     1
     2
S7+, depending on the control board used. There is also a cost conscious version
    :
     2 of the SpeedStar S7+, called the VariStar. Since it is based on the S7, and in
     2
     1
     1
     0
order to differentiate from the S3, it is typically referred to as the VariStar ST7.
     2
  -
     b This manual is only for the SpeedStar S3/S7+ and VariStar ST7. The SpeedStar 
    e
     F
  - 519 VSD/SWD Operations Manual can be found at InTouch ID 4933237.
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
The SpeedStar S7+ is a drive with updated technology created to replace the
    u
     d
    o
SpeedStar S3. The drives are very similar and many of the components do not
    r
     P
     \ change. The S7+ is capable of all of the functions of the S3 drive, but notable
     1
     2
     6 differences include the control board (G3 and G7), gate driver board, interface
     0
     2
     7 board, and Toshiba keypad used for troubleshooting. Additionally, parts are
     8
     4
     6 constantly reviewed in the drive and updated, so there may be changes to
     1
    :
     D
     I
IGBTs, circuit breakers, CPTs, and other drive components. Several of the
     U components that are standard on the S7+ are optional on the ST7, such as the
     S
     M Surge Suppression Devices (SPDs), 120-V receptacle and the heat exchangers.
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
Note
     J
  -
     0 It is important to know the type of drive at the time of commissioning or 
     2
    :
    e
     t troubleshooting since several of the drive components are not interchangeable
    a
     D and troubleshooting procedures are slightly different.
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
Note
     0
     7
     9
It is essential to check the proper spare parts list for the drive in OneCAT when
     1
     4 ordering spares since some parts are not interchangeable between the drive
     D
     I
     h
lines.
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
Refer to Table 1-1 for summary of the variable speed drive types sold through
     i
    r
     d
    a
Schlumberger:
     K
  -
     l
     E Table 1-1: Summary of VSD types sold through Schlumberger 
     d
    e
    m
     h Brand Name Model   Control Board   Timeline
     A
     \
     C
     P SpeedStar S3 2000+, SWD G3 Before July 2009
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-2 

SpeedStar S7+ 2000+, SWD G7 After July 2009


VariStar ST7 2000+, SWD G7 After 2007

The Schlumberger VSDs (Variable Speed Drives) provide surface control for 
electric submersible pump (ESP) applications, horizontal pumping systems
(HPS), and progressive cavity pumping systems (PCP). The enclosure for the
SS2K+/SWD is a NEMA-rated cabinet which contains: a motor controller (refer 
to section 1.1: Motor Controller ), the power converter (Toshiba G3 or G7, the
     7 actual variable-speed drive), and other associated power components , such as
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : control power transformers, circuit breakers, fuses, a magnetic contactor, Surge
     2
     2 Suppression Devices (SPD), if applicable, and a sine wave   filter for the SWDs.
     1
     1
     0 Several configurations are available with respect to components mounted on
     2
  -
     b
    e
the exterior of the cabinet such as a heat exchanger, junction box, etc. Refer 
     F
  -
     1 to Figure 6-1: Schlumberger S3 VSD Power and Communications System
     0
    : Overview Block Diagram for a simplified block diagram of the Schlumberger 
     d
    e
    c SpeedStar S3 2000+/SWD and Figure 6-2: Schlumberger S7+ and ST7 VSD
    u
     d
    o
    r Power and Communications System Overview Block Diagram for a simplified
     P
     \
     1
     2
block diagram of the Schlumberger SpeedStar S7+ 2000+/SWD and VariStar 
     6
     0
     2
ST7 2000+/SWD.
     7
     8
     4
     6 Refer to Figure 1-1, Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3 to see the drives’ internal
     1
    :
     D
     I components.
     U
     S
     M External to the Schlumberger SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+/SWD, various
     D
     E
     \
     1 optional and combinable equipment, may be installed at the wellsite. Since
     1
     0 this equipment is optional and application dependent, it is not within the scope
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
of this manual to discuss the function and operation of that equipment beyond
  -
     0 how it connects to the Schlumberger VSD system. Since any communications
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a equipment, such as SCADA systems, can be used to communicate (send
     D
    e commands/acquire data) with the SS2K+/SWD, some very basic connection
    s
    a and communication instructions and troubleshooting procedures are included in
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ this manual.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-3 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I Figure 1-1: SpeedStar S3 VSD Major Components (interior of typical
     h
    c single-inverter 260–518 kVA shown)
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-4 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R Figure 1-2: SpeedStar S7+ VSD Major Components (interior of typical
     \
     1
 .
     3 single-inverter 260–518 kVA shown)
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-5 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . Figure 1-3: VariStar ST7 VSD Major Components (interior of typical 390
     3
     \
     6 or 518 kVA shown with the SPD option)
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
1.1   Motor Controller 
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I The SpeedStar S3 VSD may contain one of the following controllers:
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l • UniConn:  InTouch ID 3953183
     E
     d
    e • HMI: SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
• HMI: SWD InTouch ID 3860611.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-6 

The SpeedStar S7+ and VariStar ST7 VSD contains UniConn controller:  InTouch
ID 3953183

1.2    The Sine Wave Filter 


The Sine Wave Drive (SWD) has a patented output   filter that is incorporated
into a modified Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Variable Speed Drive Motor 
     7
controller. The result is a voltage similar to a rotating generator output that has
     3
    :
     1 no application concerns for any submersible pump at any cable length. Refer to
     2
    :
     2
     2
Figure 1-4: Sine Wave Drive Output Comparison.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4 Figure 1-4: Sine Wave Drive Output Comparison.   The left image shows the sine wave drive
     6
     1
    : output before a sine wave  fi lter, and the right image shows the result after the   fi lter.
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M This improved wave form eliminates the serious voltage stress that can cause
     D
     E
     \ premature insulation failure. Installation of a sine wave drive will not aggravate
     1
     1
     0 a premature failure on weak or compromised insulation in an older well. It will
     2
  -
    n
    a
increase the time before the well requires replacement of equipment due to
     J
  -
     0 electrical stress-related failures.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
1.3   Drives’ Comparison
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
Refer to Table 1-2: Basic Feature Comparison and to Figure 1-5: Component
     6
     0
     0
Comparison on the page 1–9 for VSD comparison.
     7
     9
     1
     4 Table 1-2: Basic Feature Comparison
     D
     I
     h
    c SpeedStar S3 SpeedStar S7+ VariStar ST7
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
Enclosure   Cooling Method   Heat sink – Heat sink – Forced air 
     \
     i
    r Forced air  Forced air  cooling for 
     d
    a cooling cooling both heat sink
     K
  -
     l and electronic
     E Heat Exchanger  Heat Exchanger 
     d compartment
    e  – electronic  – electronic
    m
     h compartment compartment
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-7 

 Ambient Temp   -30 degC to 50 -30 degC to 50 -10 degC to 50


degC degC degC
40degC on select 40degC on select
models models
Construction   NEMA 3R or  NEMA 3R or  NEMA 3R only
NEMA 1 NEMA 1
SPD StarShield Standard Standard Optional
Receptacle 120 V Plug   Standard Standard Optional
     7 Power  kVA Range 66 to 1500 kVA 66 to 1500 kVA   200, 390, 518 (at
     3
    :
     1 40 degC) kVA
     2
    :
     2
     2 Harmonics 6 or 12 pulse 6 or 12 pulse 6 pulse only
     1
     1 Cancellation
     0
     2
  -
     b Control Control Board G3 G7 G7
    e
     F
  -
     1 Gate Driver  G3 Hardware G7 Software G7 Software
     0
    : Board Control Control Control
     d
    e
    c
    u # of Output Hall 2 3 3
     d
    o
    r CT’s
     P
     \
     1 Communication Control Board – RS-232 RS-485 RS-485
     2
     6 UniConn
     0
     2
     7
     8 Certification UL Listed Yes Yes Yes
     4
     6
     1 CE Compliance Yes Yes No
    :
     D
     I (optional)
     U
     S IEC Compliance No Yes No
     M
     D (optional)*
     E
     \
     1
     1 Product Manufacturer    5 years 5 years   18 months after 
     0
     2
  - Warranty delivery or 12
    n
    a months after 
     J
  -
     0 installation
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a * Contact EPC for more details on compliance
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

1-8    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Product Description   1-8 

Schlumberger Low Voltage Variable Speed Drives


SpeedStar S3 (2000 Plus, SineWave Drive) SpeedStar S7+ (2000 Plus, SineWave Drive) VariStar ST7 (2000 Plus, SineWave Drive)
The standard heat
exchangers on the
SpeedStar (left) are
replaced with forced air The StarShield TVSS modules
cooling fans on the are not included in the
     7 VariStar (right) standard ST7 and can be
     3
    : added to the drive as the
     1
     2
    : Use the front nameplate optional retrofit kit in the field
     2
     2 Typeform # to determine
     1  the drive model The 120V receptacle (and
     1
     0 associated components)
     2
  -
     b from the SpeedStar (left)
    e is sold as the field
     F
  -
     1 installed Light &
     0
    : Receptacle Kit for the
     d VariStar (right)
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0 SpeedStar SWD, S3, 200 kVA, NEMA 3R, 12 pulse
     2 SpeedStar SWD, S7+, 260 kVA, NEMA 3R, 12 pulse, Junction box (optional) VariStar SWD, ST7, 200 kVA, NEMA 3R, 6 pulse
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D Gate Driver Board
     E
     \ G7 Keypad Connection –
     1 Gate Driver Board Connect CNU1 to CNU1A
     1
     0 or CNU2 to CNU2A
     2
  -
    n
    a G3 Keypad G7 Control
     J
  -
     0 Connection Board
     2 G7 Interface Board
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D G3 Control
    e Board
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e Connection Connection
     R
     \  to RS-232  to RS-485
     1
 . port at port at
     3
     \
     6 UniConn UniConn
     0
     0
     7
     9 Front View of SpeedStar S3 Drive with Enlarged G3 Control Board Front View of SpeedStar S7+/VariStar ST7 Drive with Enlarged G7 Control Board 
     1
     4
     D
     I SLB 1303130
1303130 - SpeedStar G3 SLB 100334445
100334445 - Toshiba G7/S7+ DIAGNOSTIC KEYPAD G7 Keypad Connection –
     h DIAGNOSTIC KEYPAD SLB 100168361
100168361 - Network Cable; Connect CNU1 to CNU1A
    c
    u SLB 1303148
1303148
1303148 - CABLE: RS232, RJ45-RJ45, CAT 5 UTP -- blue; 14ft or CNU2 to CNU2A
    o
     T
    n SpeedStar G3 DIAGNOSTIC KEYPAD 
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  - Although the three lines of drives appear similar andininfact
factdo
doshare
shareseveral
severalcomponents,
components,ititisisessential
essentialthat
thatthe
thespare
spareparts
partslists
listsininOneCAT
OneCATare checked for confirmation when
     l
     E
     d performing drive maintenance or troubleshooting. In particular, the control board, interface board and gate driver boards will beifferent, d
different,
butbut
additionally
additionally
there
there
maymay
be be
    e
    m differences in the IGBT’s, circuit breakers, etc due to changes in design over time.
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g Figure 1-5: Component Comparison
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

2-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / QHSE   2-i 

2    QHSE
2.1   Operating safety precautions ___________________________________    2-1

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

2-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / QHSE   2-1

2    QHSE
The following safety precautions should be followed when installing, operating,
or maintaining a Schlumberger VSD.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
2.1   Operating safety precautions
     2
     1
     1 1.  Do not power up the VSD until this entire operation manual is reviewed.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
2.   The input voltage must be within ±10% of the specified input voltage.
  -
     1 Voltages outside of this permissible tolerance range may cause internal
     0
    :
     d protection devices to turn ON or can cause damage to the unit. Also, the
    e
    c
    u input frequency should be within ±2 Hz of the specified input frequency.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 3.  Proper coordination of the motor and VSD is required. For submersible and
     2
     6
     0
surface motor applications, consult with Schlumberger when utilizing this
     2
     7
     8
VSD for a new application.
     4
     6
     1 4.  This VSD is designed to operate both standard NEMA B and Schlumberger 
    :
     D
     I
     U submersible pump motors. Consult the factory before using the VSD for 
     S special applications such as an explosion-proof motor or one with a repetitive
     M
     D
     E
     \
type piston load.
     1
     1
     0 5.  Do not touch any internal part with power applied to the VSD;   first remove
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
the power supply from the drive and wait until the DC bus is discharged.
  -
     0 Charged capacitors can present a hazard even if source power is removed.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a 6.
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . Potential Severity: Major 
     3
     \
     6 Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
     0
     0 Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
Do not   operate this VSD with its cabinet door open.
     I
     h
    c
    u 7.  Do not apply commercial power to the output terminals T1 (U), T2 (V), or T3
    o
     T
    n
     I (W) even if the VSD source power is off. Disconnect the VSD from the motor 
     \
     i
    r
     d before using a megger or applying bypass voltage to the motor.
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 8.  Interface problems can occur when this drive is used in conjunction with
     d
    e
    m some types of process controllers. Signal isolation may be required to
     h
     A
     \ prevent controller and/or drive malfunction (contact Schlumberger or the
     C
     P
     E
process controller manufacturer for additional information about compatibility
    g and signal isolation).
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

2-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / QHSE   2-2 

9.  Do not open and then reclose a secondary magnetic contactor (MC) between
the drive and the load unless the drive is OFF (output frequency has dropped
to zero) and the motor is not rotating. Abrupt reapplication of the load while
the drive is on or while the motor is rotating can cause drive damage.
10. Use caution when setting output frequency. Increasing the motor speed
beyond its normal capacity can decrease its torque-developing capability and
can result in damage to the motor and/or driven equipment.
11. Use caution when setting the acceleration and deceleration time.
     7
     3
    : Unnecessarily short time settings can cause tripping of the drive and
     1
     2
    :
     2 mechanical stress to loads.
     2
     1
     1
     0
12. Only qualified personnel should have access to the adjustments and
     2
  -
     b operation of this equipment. They should be familiar with the drive operating
    e
     F
  - instructions and with the machinery being driven.
     1
     0
    :
     d 13. Only properly trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to service
    e
    c
    u
     d
this equipment.
    o
    r
     P
     \ 14. Follow all warnings and precautions. Do not exceed equipment ratings.
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Potential Severity: Catastrophic
    :
     D
     I Potential Loss: Environmental
     U Hazard Category: Electrical
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \ Three-phase input power to the CPT2 circuit is applied at all times. Opening
     1
     1 MCCB1 does not remove power from the CPT2 Control Power Transformer 
     0
     2
  -
    n circuit. Ensure that the three-phase power to the system is off and that the
    a
     J
  -
     0
system is locked out and tagged out before performing maintenance or repair on
     2
    :
    e
     t
the VSD. The relationship of MCCB1 to the rest of the system is shown in Figure
    a
     D 2-1: Placement of the MCCB1 circuit breaker in the S7+ VSD system.
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

2-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / QHSE   2-3 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 Figure 2-1: Placement of the MCCB1 circuit breaker in the S7+ VSD system
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

3-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Inspection/Storage/Disposal   3-i 

3   Inspection/Storage/Disposal
3.1   Inspection of the new unit _____________________________________    3-1
3.2    Storage and Shipping __________________________________________    3-1
3.3    Disposal _______________________________________________________    3-2 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

3-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Inspection/Storage/Disposal   3-1

3   Inspection/Storage/Disposal
This chapter describes how to inspect a VSD when it   first arrives at the wellsite
or jobsite, how to ship or store the unit if it will not be immediately connected
and put in service, and how to dispose of any old or previously installed
     7 electrical/electronic drive equipment.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
3.1   Inspection of the new unit
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
1.  Immediately upon receipt of the drive it should be uncrated and a thorough
     0
    :
     d
visual inspection for damage should be made.
    e
    c
    u 2.  Check the unit for loose, broken, bent, or otherwise damaged parts due
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
to shipping.
     1
     2
     6
     0
3.  Check to see that the rated capacity and the model number specified on the
     2
     7
     8
nameplate conform to the order specifications.
     4
     6
     1 4.  Install the circuit breaker handle, if applicable, and shut and seal the drive
    :
     D
     I
     U door before storing or shipping. Ensure there are no openings in the drive
     S for moisture or dust to enter.
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
3.2    Storage and Shipping
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t 1.  Store the unit and any optional equipment in a clean, dry, and well-ventilated
    a
     D location. The VSD must be stored and shipped upright.
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l 2.  Avoid storage in locations with high humidity and dust. It is highly
    e
     R
     \ recommended to store drives indoors. If for any reason, drive cannot be
     1
 .
     3
     \ stored inside, it should not be left outside for more than 30 days.
     6
     0
     0
     7 3.  Spare part PCB’s are to be stored in anti-static packages in a dry
     9
     1
     4 environment.
     D
     I
     h
    c 4.  Drives should be stored and shipped with all inspection plates and doors
    u
    o properly closed, including the C-clamps surrounding the door frame.
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r 5.  Drives that have been running or opened for inspection must have a dry
     d
    a
     K
  - interior before shipping or storing. Dry the cabinet in any appropriate fashion
     l
     E
     d including using heaters. Do not heat components over 140 degF (60 degC)
    e
    m
     h
while drying. After the drive is dry, it is optional to add desiccants or corrosion
     A
     \
     C
inhibitor packages. Shut and seal the drive doors. Protective external
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

3-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Inspection/Storage/Disposal   3-2 

wrapping is required to keep the drive clean on the exterior or to prevent


abrasions during shipping. Refer to InTouch ID 5170246 for VSD minimum
packaging specifications for shipping.
6.  The following shipping and storage environmental conditions should not
be exceeded:

• Type 1 Indoor Drives: -58 degF (-40 degC) to 140 degF (60 degC) for 
indoor storage or inside protected enclosed containers.
     7
     3
    : • Type 3R Outdoor Drives: -58 degF (-40 degC ) to 140 degF (60 degC) for 
     1
     2
    : shipping and storing.
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
7.  SpeedStar drives should be warmed to -22 degF (-30 degC) and VariStar 
  -
     b drives should be warmed to 14 degF (-10 degC) before connecting power 
    e
     F
  -
     1 and running a load.
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
3.3   Disposal
     1
     2
     6
     0 Lithium batteries MUST be removed from the motor controller prior to disposal
     2
     7
     8 of the unit. The batteries MUST be disposed of separately and according to
     4
     6
     1 local regulations.
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S The circuit boards and display module of the motor controller used in this
     M
     D equipment may contain lead solder and solder paste. The boards should be
     E
     \
     1 disposed of according to local regulations.
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a Please contact your local environmental agency or Schlumberger HSE advisor 
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : for details on proper disposal of electrical components and packaging in your 
    e
     t
    a particular area.
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ Potential Severity: Major 
     1
 .
     3
     \ Potential Loss: Personnel
     6
     0 Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Fire  flammable, Toxic corrosive
     0
     7 hazardous substances
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I Never dispose of electrical components by incineration.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-i 

4   Specifications
4.1   SpeedStar S3 VSD Operating Specifications ____________________    4-1
4.2    SpeedStar S7+ VSD Operating Specifications __________________    4-4 
4.3    VariStar ST7 VSD Operating Specifications _____________________    4-6 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-1

4   Specifications
This chapter contains operating specifications for Schlumberger drives

For detailed information on HMI SS2K+ (InTouch ID 3953265), HMI SWD


     7
(InTouch ID 3860611), or   UniConn (InTouch ID 3953183) operator interface
     3
    :
     1 refer to the appropriate manual.
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1 Refer to Chapter  4.1: SpeedStar S3 VSD Operating Specifications for SpeedStar 
     0
     2
  - S3 VSD specifications.
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1 Refer to Chapter   4.2: SpeedStar S7+ VSD Operating Specifications for 
     0
    :
     d SpeedStar S7+ VSD specifications.
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
Refer to Chapter   4.3: VariStar ST7 VSD Operating Specifications for VariStar 
     \
     1 ST7 VSD specifications.
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
4.1   SpeedStar S3 VSD Operating Specifications
     U
     S
     M The following table lists operating specifications and ranges for the entire range
     D
     E
     \ of SpeedStar S3 2000+/SWD.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-2 

Table 4-1: S3 VSD Operating Speci fications

Item   Standard Specifications


Principal Control Control System PWM or SineWave, Flux vector control
Parameters
Input Voltage Supply 380/415/480 V ±10%, 50/60 Hz ±2 Hz
Output Voltage 0 - 480 V
Regulation
Frequency Setting   0.1 to 90 Hz output
     7 Carrier frequency 2.2 kHz (default setting), adjustable between
     3
    :
     1 0.5 and 3 kHz for SS2K+
     2
    :
     2
     2 Converter type Diode bridge rectifier 
     1
     1
     0 DC bus Nominal 537 - 680 VDC constant (based on
     2
  -
     b input voltage)
    e
     F
  -
     1 Inverter type   IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor)
     0
    :
     d Overload setting 100% continuous, 120% for 60 seconds
    e
    c
    u Displacement Power  0.96 at all loads and speeds
     d
    o
    r Factor 
     P
     \
     1
     2 Inverter Ef ficiency   0.98
     6
     0
     2 Starting frequency   0 - 10 Hz
     7
     8
     4
     6 Voltage boost   0 - 30%
     1
    :
     D
     I Voltage per Hertz Constant V/Hz, Variable torque, automatic
     U characteristic torque boost
     S
     M
     D Cooling fan control   Automatic
     E
     \
     1 Operating  Accel/Decel time   Frequency over time: 0.1 - 20Hz over 1 - 1000
     1
     0
     2
  - Functions seconds
    n
    a
     J
  - Forward and Reverse Programmable
     0
     2
    :
    e Soft stall Automatic load reduction during overload
     t
    a
     D Frequency jumps Three jump frequency settings
    e
    s
    a Motor Controller Direct control of VSD
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \  Automatic Restart A coasting motor can be smoothly restarted
     1
 .
     3
     \ Upper/lower Limit Limits frequency between minimum and
     6
     0 maximum values
     0
     7
     9
     1 Coast stop, Controlled ST — CC: coast to stop,
     4
     D stop, Emergency stop Operator interface: Controlled stop,
     I
     h S4 — CC: Emergency stop.
    c
    u
    o  Applications   Electrical Submersible Pumps, Horizontal
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i Pumping, and Progressive Cavity Pumps
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-3 

Item   Standard Specifications


Inverter/Motor  Protective functions Motor overload/underload, short circuit at
load, overcurrent, soft stall, inverter overload,
DC bus overvoltage/undervoltage, current
unbalance, heatsink overtemperature, leg
ground, emergency stop, open output phase,
RAM error, communication error, transient
overvoltage
Electronic thermal  Adjustable for motor rated amperage
characteristics
     7
     3
    :
     1 Motor Controller  Power supply   100-240 VAC ±10%, 50/60Hz
     2
    :
     2 (UniConn)
     2 Display   LCD, 2 line by 40 characters, back lit with heater 
     1 Refer to the UniConn
     1
     0 manual at InTouch Keypad   5 function keys and 3  fi xed keys
     2
  -
     b 3953183 for details
    e Digital input/output   6 digital inputs, 3 digital outputs
     F
  -
     1  Analog input/output   4 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs
     0
    :
     d
    e Mode of operation Hand - Auto - Off 
    c
    u
     d Communication RS232, RS485 (configurable for Modbus RTU)
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 Expansion slot 4 slots (3 are open)
     2
     6
     0 Enclosure Type UL Type 3R or UL Type 1, 12 gauge steel. Floor  
     2
     7 mount, forklift slots and lifting eyes are provided
     8
     4
     6
     1 Dimensions kVA size dependent. Refer to manufacturer’s
    :
     D
     I (H x W x D) drawings for details
     U
     S Junction Box   Optional, standard on 518 kVA 40 DegC UL
     M
     D Type 3R only
     E
     \
     1 Door handle   Three-point latch c/w stainless steel U-type
     1
     0
     2
  - clamps for water tight seal
    n
    a
     J
  - Cooling method Forced air cooling, heat exchanger for 
     0 electronics compartment
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a Color    White for UL Type 3R, Grey for UL Type 1
     D
    e
    s  Ambient temperature   From -22 degF to 122 degF -30 degC to 50
    a
    e
     l degC) or as marked
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
Relative humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing)
     3
     \
     6  Altitude 1500 m (4900 ft)
     0
     0
     7 Service environment Consult factory for harsh environment
     9
     1
     4 applications such as offshore, cold climate or 
     D
     I desert environments. Some derating may be
     h
    c required for direct sunlight
    u
    o
     T Sinewave  fi lter  Type A specially designed three phase reactor and
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r three phase capacitor (LC fi lter) to convert a
     d
    a PWM waveform to sinusoidal waveform
     K
  -
     l
     E Construction Integral part of VSD housed inside a UL Type
     d
    e 3R or Type 1 enclosure
    m
     h
     A
     \ Approvals   * UL Listed (UL 508)
     C * CE Compliance optional
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-4 

4.2    SpeedStar S7+ VSD Operating Specifications


The following table lists operating specifications and ranges for the entire range
of SpeedStar S7+ 2000+/SWD.

Table 4-2: S7+ VSD Operating Speci fications

Item   Standard Specifications


     7
     3
    :
     1 Principal Control Control System PWM or SineWave, Flux vector control
     2
    :
     2 Parameters
     2 Input Voltage Supply 380/415/480 V ±10%, 50/60 Hz ±2 Hz
     1
     1 Output Voltage 0 - 480 V
     0
     2
  -
     b Regulation
    e
     F
  -
     1
Frequency Setting   0.1 to 90 Hz output
     0
    : Carrier frequency 2.2 kHz (default setting), adjustable between
     d
    e
    c 0.5 and 3 kHz for SS2K+
    u
     d
    o
    r Converter type Diode bridge rectifier 
     P
     \
     1
     2 DC bus Nominal 537 - 680 VDC constant (based on
     6
     0 input voltage)
     2
     7
     8 Inverter type   IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor)
     4
     6
     1
    : Overload setting 100% continuous, 120% for 60 seconds
     D
     I
     U Displacement Power  0.96 at all loads and speeds
     S
     M Factor 
     D
     E
     \ Inverter Ef ficiency   0.98
     1
     1
     0   0 - 10 Hz
     2
  -
Starting frequency
    n
    a Voltage boost   0 - 30%
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : Voltage per Hertz Constant V/Hz, Variable torque, automatic
    e
     t
    a characteristic torque boost
     D
    e Cooling fan control   Automatic
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-5 

Item   Standard Specifications


Operating  Accel/Decel time   Frequency over time: 0.1 - 20 Hz over 1 - 1000
Functions seconds
Forward and Reverse Programmable
Soft stall   Automatic load reduction during overload
Frequency jumps   Three jump frequency settings
Motor Controller Direct control of VSD
 Automatic Restart A coasting motor can be smoothly restarted
     7
     3
    :
     1 Upper/lower Limit Limits frequency between minimum and
     2
    :
     2 maximum values
     2
     1 Coast stop, Controlled ST — CC: coast to stop,
     1
     0
     2
  - stop, Emergency stop Operator interface: Controlled stop,
     b
    e S4 — CC: Emergency stop.
     F
  -
     1  Applications   Electrical Submersible Pumps, Horizontal
     0
    :
     d Pumping, and Progressive Cavity Pumps
    e
    c
    u Inverter/Motor  Protective functions Motor overload/underload, short circuit at
     d
    o
    r load, overcurrent, soft stall, inverter overload,
     P
     \
     1 DC bus overvoltage/undervoltage, current
     2
     6 unbalance, heatsink overtemperature, leg
     0
     2 ground, emergency stop, open output phase,
     7
     8
     4 RAM error, communication error, transient
     6
     1 overvoltage
    :
     D
     I
     U Electronic thermal  Adjustable for motor rated amperage
     S characteristics
     M
     D
     E Motor Controller  Power supply   100-240 volts AC ±10%, 50/60Hz
     \
     1 (UniConn)
     1
     0 Display   LCD, 2 line by 40 characters, back lit with heater 
     2
  - Refer to the UniConn
    n manual at InTouch Keypad   5 function keys and 3  fi xed keys
    a
     J
  -
     0 3953183 for details
     2
    :
Digital input/output   6 digital inputs, 3 digital outputs
    e
     t
    a  Analog input/output   4 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs
     D
    e
    s Mode of operation Hand - Auto - Off 
    a
    e
     l
    e Communication RS485 (configurable for Modbus RTU)
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
Expansion slot   4 slots (3 are open)
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-6 

Item   Standard Specifications


Enclosure Type UL Type 3R or UL Type 1, 12 gauge steel. Floor  
mount, forklift slots and lifting eyes are provided
Dimensions kVA size dependent. Refer to manufacturer’s
(H x W x D) drawings for details
Junction Box   Optional, standard on 518 kVA 40 DegC UL
Type 3R only
Door handle Three-point latch c/w stainless steel U-type
clamps for water tight seal
     7
     3
    :
     1 Door Interlock (s) Opening enclosure door removes the 240 VAC
     2
    :
     2 Control Power 
     2
     1 Cooling method Forced air cooling, heat exchanger for 
     1
     0
     2
  - electronics compartment
     b
    e
     F
  - Color White for  UL
  Type 3R, Grey for UL Type 1
     1
     0
    :  Ambient temperature   From -22 degF to 122 degF (-30 degC to 50
     d
    e degC) or as marked
    c
    u
     d Relative humidity 20 to 95% maximum (non-condensing)
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 Vibration 5.9 m/m2 (0.6 G) maximum (10 to 57 Hz)
     2
     6
     0  Altitude   1500 m (4900 ft)
     2
     7
     8
     4 Service environment Consult factory for harsh environment
     6
     1 applications such as offshore, cold climate or 
    :
     D
     I desert environments. Some derating may be
     U required for direct sunlight
     S
     M
     D Sinewave  fi lter  Type A specially designed three phase reactor and
     E
     \
     1 three phase capacitor (LC fi lter) to convert a
     1
     0 PWM waveform to sinusoidal waveform
     2
  -
    n Construction Integral part of VSD housed inside a UL Type
    a
     J
  -
     0 3R or Type 1 enclosure
     2
    :
    e
     t Approvals   * UL Listed (UL 508)
    a
     D * CE Compliance (optional)
    e
    s
    a * IEC Compliance (optional)
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
* Contact EPC for details on compliance
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
4.3   VariStar ST7 VSD Operating Specifications
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
The following table lists operating specifications and ranges for the entire range
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
of VariStar ST7 2000+/SWD.
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-7 

Table 4-3: ST7 VSD Operating Speci fications

Item   Standard Specifications


Principal Control Control System PWM or Sinewave, Flux vector control
Parameters
Input Voltage Supply 380/415/480 V ±10%, 50/60 Hz ±2 Hz
Output Voltage 0 - 480 V
Regulation
Frequency Setting   0.1 to 90 Hz output
     7 Carrier frequency 2.2 kHz (default setting), adjustable between
     3
    :
     1 0.5 and 3 kHz for SS2K+
     2
    :
     2
     2 Converter type Diode bridge rectifier 
     1
     1
     0 DC bus Nominal 537 - 680 VDC constant (based on
     2
  -
     b input voltage)
    e
     F
  -
     1 Inverter type   IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor)
     0
    :
     d Overload setting 100% continuous, 120% for 60 seconds
    e
    c
    u Displacement Power  0.96 at all loads and speeds
     d
    o
    r Factor 
     P
     \
     1
     2 Inverter Ef ficiency   0.98
     6
     0
     2 Starting frequency   0 - 10 Hz
     7
     8
     4
     6 Voltage boost   0 - 30%
     1
    :
     D
     I Voltage per Hertz Constant V/Hz, Variable torque, automatic
     U
characteristic torque boost
     S
     M
     D Cooling fan control   Automatic
     E
     \
     1 Operating  Accel/Decel time   Frequency over time: 0.1 - 20 Hz over 1 - 1000
     1
     0
     2
  - Functions seconds
    n
    a
     J
  - Forward and Reverse Programmable
     0
     2
    :
    e Soft stall Automatic load reduction during overload
     t
    a
     D Frequency jumps Three jump frequency settings
    e
    s
    a Motor Controller Direct control of VSD
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \  Automatic Restart A coasting motor can be smoothly restarted
     1
 .
     3
     \ Upper/lower Limit Limits frequency between minimum and
     6
     0 maximum values
     0
     7
     9
     1 Coast stop, Controlled ST — CC: coast to stop,
     4
     D stop, Emergency stop Operator interface: Controlled stop,
     I
     h S4 — CC: Emergency stop.
    c
    u
    o  Applications   Electrical Submersible Pumps, Horizontal
     T
    n
     I Pumping, and Progressive Cavity Pumps
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

4-8    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Specifications   4-8 

Item   Standard Specifications


Inverter/Motor  Protective functions Motor overload/underload, short circuit at
load, overcurrent, soft stall, inverter overload,
DC bus overvoltage/undervoltage, current
unbalance, heatsink overtemperature, leg
ground, emergency stop, open output phase,
RAM error, communication error, transient
overvoltage
Electronic thermal  Adjustable for motor rated amperage
characteristics
     7
     3
    :
     1 Motor Controller  Power supply   100-240 VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
     2
    :
     2 (UniConn)
     2 Display   LCD, 2 line by 40 characters, back lit with heater 
     1 Refer to the UniConn
     1
     0 manual at InTouch Keypad   5 function keys and 3  fi xed keys
     2
  -
     b 3953183 for details
    e Digital input/output   6 digital inputs, 3 digital outputs
     F
  -
     1  Analog input/output   4 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs
     0
    :
     d
    e Mode of operation Hand - Auto - Off 
    c
    u
     d Communication RS485 (configurable for Modbus RTU)
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 Expansion slot 4 slots (3 open)
     2
     6
     0 Enclosure Type UL Type 3R, 12 gauge steel. Floor mount,
     2
     7 forklift slots and lifting eyes are provided
     8
     4
     6
     1 Dimensions kVA size dependent. Refer to manufacturer’s
    :
     D
     I (H x W x D) drawings for details
     U
     S Junction Box   Available standard on 518 kVA 40 degC only,
     M
     D field installed option available
     E
     \
     1 Door handle   Three-point latch c/w stainless steel U-type
     1
     0
     2
  - clamps for water tight seal
    n
    a
     J
  - Cooling method   Forced air cooling
     0
     2
    :
    e Color    White
     t
    a
     D  Ambient temperature   From 14 degF to 122 degF (-10 degC to 50
    e
    s degC) or as marked
    a
    e
     l
    e Relative humidity   20 to 95% maximum (non-condensing)
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
Vibrations   5.9 m/m2 (0.6 G) maximum (10 to 57 Hz)
     \
     6
     0  Altitude   1500 m (4900 ft)
     0
     7
     9
     1 Service environment Consult factory for harsh environment
     4
     D applications such as offshore, cold climate or 
     I
     h desert environments. Some derating may be
    c
    u required for direct sunlight
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i Sinewave  fi lter  Type A specially designed three phase reactor and
    r
     d three phase capacitor (LC fi lter) to convert a
    a
     K
  - PWM waveform to sinusoidal waveform
     l
     E
     d Construction Integral part of VSD housed inside the
    e
    m enclosure
     h
     A
     \
     C Approvals   * UL Listed (UL 508)
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-i 

Requirements

5    CE Compliance Requirements
5.1   EMC Directive __________________________________________________    5-2 
5.2    Low-Voltage Directive __________________________________________    5-3 
5.3    CE Compliant Installation Guidelines ___________________________    5-3 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-1

Requirements

5    CE Compliance Requirements
In Europe, the current low-voltage directive and EMC directive, which took effect
in 2007 and 2009, respectively, require that the CE mark be placed on every
applicable product to prove that it complies with the directives. VSDs do not
     7 work alone, but are designed to be installed in an enclosure and are used in
     3
    :
     1
     2
conjunction with other machines or systems. Thus, the VSD is not considered to
    :
     2 be subject to the EMC directive. However, the CE mark must be put on all VSDs
     2
     1
     1
     0
because they are subject to the low voltage directive.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - The CE mark must be put on all machines and systems with a built-in VSD
     1
     0 because the machines and systems are subject to the above directives. If the
    :
     d
    e
    c
VSD is the   final product, it may also be subject to machine-related directives.
    u
     d
    o
It is the responsibility of Toshiba International Corporation to put the CE mark
    r
     P
     \ on each VSD. The CE Compliance section explains how to install VSDs and
     1
     2
     6 provides other measures that must be taken to satisfy the EMC directive and the
     0
     2
     7 low-voltage directive.
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : Toshiba International Corporation has tested representative VSD models that
     D
     I
     U were installed as described in this manual to ensure compliance with the EMC
     S
     M directive. However, all VSDs cannot be tested for EMC directive compliance
     D
     E
     \ because system compliance is a function of the installation and connectivity.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
 Applicable EMC standards vary depending on the composition of the enclosure
     J
  -
     0 in which the VSD is installed, the relationship with other electrical devices
     2
    :
    e
     t installed in the enclosure, wiring conditions, equipment layout, etc. To that end,
    a
     D please ensure that your machine or system complies with the EMC standards
    e
    s as a whole.
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . Toshiba International Corporation has applied the following standards for 
     3
     \
     6 systems deployed in the European market.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-2 

Requirements

Table 5-1: European Market Standards

Category Subcategory Product Standards Test Standards and


Level
Emissions Radiated EN 61800-3
  EN55011 Class A
Group 1
Conducted EN55011 Class A
Group 1
Immunity Generic Industrial EN 61000-6-2
     7
     3
    : Electrostatic EN 61000-4-2
     1
     2
    : Discharge
     2
     2
     1 Radiated EN 61000-4-3
     1
     0
     2
  - Electrical Fast EN 61000-4-4
     b
    e Transient Burst
     F
  -
     1 Lighting Surge   EN 61000-4-5
     0
    :
     d
    e Conducted   EN 61000-4-6
    c
    u
     d Voltage Dip EN 61000-4-11
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 Generic Standards EN 61000-6-4
     8
     4
     6
     1  Adjustable Speed Electronic Power Drive EN 61800-5-1
    :
     D
     I Systems
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
5.1   EMC Directive
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
The CE mark must be placed on every   final product that includes an VSD and
     t
    a
     D a motor. The HX7+ Pack VSD complies with EMC Directive 2004/108/EC,
    e
    s
    a
which took effect on 20th July, 2009, if an EMC   filter recommended by Toshiba
    e
     l
    e is connected to it and wiring is carried out correctly.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
The EMC standards are broadly divided into two categories; emissions- and
     0
     0
     7
immunity-related standards. Each category is further categorized according
     9
     1
     4
to the operating environment of each individual machine. Because VSDs are
     D
     I intended for use with industrial systems under industrial environments, they
     h
    c fall within the EMC categories listed in European Market Standards. The tests
    u
    o
     T required for machines and systems as   final products are the same as those
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r required for VSDs.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-3 

Requirements

5.2    Low-Voltage Directive


The low-voltage directive provides for the safety of machines and systems. All
Toshiba International Corporation VSDs are CE-marked in accordance with
the European standard EN 50178 specified by the 2006/95/EC Low-Voltage
Directive on Electrical Safety, and can therefore be installed in machines or 
systems and imported without any issues to European countries.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
The S7+ Pack also complies with the low-voltage standard EN 61800-5-1:2007.
    :
     2 In order to comply with this standard, Toshiba International Corporation uses
     2
     1
     1
     0
mostly Imperial hardware that is compatible to metric hardware. Below is a table
     2
  -
     b that will assist in choosing the correct tools in order to prevent unnecessary
    e
     F
  - maintenance on the VSD.
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 Figure 5-1: Tool Equivalency Table
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
5.3   CE Compliant Installation Guidelines
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
VSDs shall be installed in accordance with the following guidelines. See Table
     d
    a 5-2: Filter Selection for   filter selection information.
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-4 

Requirements

1.  Filtering — An input  fi lter shall be used with the VSD. A Schaffner input   filter 
of the appropriate rating shall be mounted next to the VSD. The  fi lter output
must be screened.
2.  Mechanical — The VSD and the associated equipment shall be mounted
on a   flat metallic backplane. Adequate ventilation must be provided for the
filter. The   filter output cable is to be connected from the bottom of the   filter to
the VSD power input as is to be as short as possible. Units received as an
Open Chassis shall not be placed into operation until the unit is placed into
     7
     3
an approved enclosure that will protect personnel against electrical shock.
    :
     1 Opening and closing of enclosures or barriers shall be possible only with the
     2
    :
     2
     2 use of a key or a tool.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - 3.  Cabling — The power,   filter, and motor cables shall be of the appropriate
     b
    e
     F
current rating. The cables shall be connected in accordance with the
  -
     1 guidelines of the manufacturer and the applicable local and national
     0
    :
     d agencies. A 4-core screened cable (such as RS 379-384) is to be used for 
    e
    c
    u the power and earth connections to minimize RF emissions. Units that are
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
sent to Europe require a 5-core screened cable to be used with a neutral
     1
     2
     6
conductor. Control cabling must be screened using P/N RS 367-347 (360º
     0
     2
     7
gnd) or a similar component.
     8
     4
     6
     1
4.  Grounding — The mains (input) ground shall be connected at the ground
    :
     D
     I terminal provided on the   filter. The   filter and motor shall be grounded at the
     U
     S ground terminals provided in the VSD.
     M
     D
     E
     \
5.  Screening — The mains (input) screen shall be connected to the metallic
     1
     1
     0
back-plane at the   filter; remove any   finish coating as required. The screen
     2
  -
    n over the   filter output cables, the motor cable screen, and the control wire
    a
     J
  - screens must be connected to the VSD case using glands or conduit
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
connectors. The motor cable screen shall be connected to the motor case.
    a
     D When using a braking resistor, the cabling between the resistor and VSD
    e
    s
    a
shall also be screened. This screen shall connect to both the VSD enclosure
    e
     l
    e and the resistor enclosure.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
6.  Shielding — Shielding terminations (clips, lugs, etc.) shall be connected to
     6
     0
     0
both the input and output ends of the VSD.
     7
     9
     1 7.  Where residual-current-operated protective device (RCD) is used for 
     4
     D
     I protection in case of direct or indirect contact, only RCD of type B is allowed
     h
    c on the supply side of this Electronic Equipment (EE). Otherwise, another 
    u
    o
     T protective measure shall be applied, such as separation of the EE from the
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r environment by double or reinforced insulation, or isolation of the EE and
     d
    a
     K
  - the supply system by a transformer.
     l
     E
     d
    e 8.  When doing maintenance, be extremely careful not to put your   fingers into
    m
     h the VSD through a wiring hole and touch a charged part, which may occur 
     A
     \
     C depending on the model and capacity of the VSD used.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-5 

Requirements

9.  Do not connect two or more cables to the main circuit earth terminal of the
VSD. If necessary, install an additional earth terminal on the noise cut plate
on which the VSD is installed and connect another cable to it.

Table 5-2: Filter Selection

Filter Selection Table For S7+ Pack

kVA   FILTER MODEL   kVA   FILTER MODEL


     7
     3
    : 66 FN 258-100-35 600 FN 3359-1000-99
     1
     2
    :
     2 86 FN 258-130-35 700 FN 3359-1000-99
     2
     1 110 FN 258-180-40 815 FN 3359-1600-99
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b 163 FN 258-250-40 932 FN 3359-1600-99
    e
     F
  -
     1
200 FN 3359-320-99 1000 FN 3359-1600-99
     0
    : 260 FN 3359-400-99 1200 FN 3359-1600-99
     d
    e
    c
    u 390 FN 3359-600-99   *1400   FN 3359-2500-99
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
454 FN 3359-600-99   *1500   FN 3359-2500-99
     1
     2
     6 *518   FN 3359-1000-99   *Note: 40 degC device.
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-6 

Requirements

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1 Figure 5-2: EU Declaration of Conformity with Council Directive 2006/95/EC
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
Toshiba International Corporation has applied the following additional standards
     9
     1
     4
for systems deployed in the European market.
     D
     I
     h Table 5-3: Additional Standards Toshiba has Applied
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I Subcategory Test Standard and Level
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a Basic and safety principles for man-machine EN 60445
     K
  -
     l interface, marking and identification
     E
     d Machine Safety   EN 60204-1
    e
    m
     h Power Transformers EN   60076
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

5-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual  / CE Compliance 5-7 

Requirements

Subcategory Test Standard and Level


Low-Voltage Fuses (must be met by fuse EN 60289-1
manufacturer)
Power Transformers and Reactors EN 60050
Electrical equipment for measurement, control, EN 61326
and laboratory use
Functional safety of  EN 61508
electrical/electronic/programmable electric
safety-related systems
     7
     3
    :
     1 Electronic equipment for use in power  EN 50178
     2
    : installations
     2
     2
     1 Enclosure Protection EN 60529
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
Environmental Conditions   EN 60721-3-3
    e
     F
  - Environmental Testing (temperature, humidity, EN 60068-2-6
     1
     0 shock, vibration)
    :
     d
    e Graphic symbols for use on equipment   EN 60417
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-i 

6    Wiring
6.1   Important Notes on Drive Wiring _______________________________    6-1
6.2    Selection of Wiring Equipment and Standard Cable Sizes ______    6-2 
6.3    Grounding _____________________________________________________    6- 6 
6.4    Wiring Considerations for Mechanical Equipment ______________    6-6 
6.5    Interconnection Wiring _________________________________________    6-7 
6.5.1   Motor Contr oller Wiring ______________________________________    6-10 
     7
6.5.2    VSD Wiring _________________________________________________    6 -10 
     3
    :
     1 6.5.2.1   VSD Terminal Board Connections ________________________    6-10 
     2
    :
     2 6.5.3   VSD Control Board Connections _____________________________    6-12 
     2
     1
     1
6.5.4   S3 Control Transformer, T1, Wiring (S3 drives only) ___________    6-14
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-1

6    Wiring
This chapter contains intra- and interconnection information for the VSDs:

• to incoming (customer-supplied) power 


     7 • from the main power bus through the VSD and other components inside
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : the drive enclosures
     2
     2
     1
     1 • between the drives’ major components (between the motor controller/operator 
     0
     2
  - interface and the VSD) and optional equipment (site communications
     b
    e equipment)
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
• from the outgoing power to output transformer (when used) and on to the
    e
    c
    u
motor(s).
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
6.1   Important Notes on Drive Wiring
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
1.  Properly ground the drive cabinet with a copper conductor to meet local
     D
     I electrical codes. For VSD applications, metal conduit is not  an acceptable
     U
     S ground. Cabinet ground connection must also comply with NEC-Article 250
     M
     D and CEC-Section 10.
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
2.   The motor should be grounded to the same point in the drive cabinet as the
  -
    n copper wire. Do not mix input and output conductors in the same conduit.
    a
     J
  -
     0 Ground connection must also comply with NEC-Article 250 and CEC-Section
     2
    :
    e
     t 10.
    a
     D
    e
    s 3.  An optional junction box is available to simplify the installation of input and
    a
    e
     l output cables. Terminals are marked identically to the drive and accessible
    e
     R
     \ from a separate box outside the enclosure.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 4.  Output transformers have numerous taps for different motors and cable
     0
     0
     7
     9
lengths. Contact Schlumberger  InTouch Support before starting a new
     1
     4 application to ensure correct sizing and wiring.
     D
     I
     h 5.  Twelve-pulse input (SpeedStar drives) requires a phase shifting input
    c
    u
    o transformer. This type of input reduces harmonics reflected to the power line.
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-2 

6.2    Selection of Wiring Equipment and Standard


Cable Sizes
Table 6-1: Selection of main circuit wiring equipment for VSDs (standard cables
shown) lists the sizes of main termination lugs that are available for the drives.

     7
     3
    : Note
     1
     2
    : For VariStar ST7 drives column “6–pulse” is only applicable.
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-3 

Table 6-1: Selection of main circuit wiring equipment for VSDs (standard cables shown)

Suggested Cable Size


Amp capacity
*Molded case circuit
(USA, FLA x **Termination lug sizes
breaker (MCCB)
1.25) AWG or Kcmil
kVA
  Digital Control   ***Output Lug   Input Power  Input Power  Output Power  NEC Ground IEC Ground
Amp Rating (A)   ***Input Lug Wire Capacity   ****Ground Lug
Inputs (AWG) Wire Capacity Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size
Amps (A)
6 Pulse (Per  12 Pulse (Per  6-Pulse (Per  12-Pulse (Per 
6 P ul se 1 2 P ul s e Phase) Phase) Phase) P ha s e) ( Pe r P ha s e)
     7
     3
    : 66 100 2 - 100 99 # 14 1x (#2 - 3/0) 1x (#2 - 3/0) 1 - (#4 - 3/0) 1 - (#2 - 3/0)
     1 1 - (#2 -
     2
    :
     2 83 150 2 - 150 125 # 14 1x (#2 -   1 - (#2 – 4/0)
     2 500MCM)
     1
500MCM)
     1 1x (1/0 - 1 - (3/0 -
     0 1x (1/0-300MCM)
     2
  -
110 250 2 - 250 166 # 14 300MCM) 1 - (3/0 - 350MCM)
     b #2 - 4/0 350MCM)
    e
     F 130 250 2 - 250 195 # 14 1x (3/0 - 2- (#2 – 4/0)
  -
     1 500MCM) 1 - (300 - 1 - (3/0 - 1 - (#2 - 4/0)
     0 163 250 2 - 250 245 # 14
    : 350MCM) 500MCM)
     d
    e
    c 1x 1 - (3/0 -
    u 2 - (#1 - 4/0)
     d 200 400 2 - 250 301 # 14 (300-600MCM) 600MCM)
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 1x #2 - 4/0MCM 1 - (4/0 - 1 - (1/0 - 2 - (1/0 - 2 - (2/0 - 4/0)
     2
     6 (500-600MCM)   2x (1/0 - 500MCM) 300MCM) 350MCM)
     0 260 400 2 - 200 391 # 14 1x (2/0-300MCM)
     2 or 2x (3/0 - 350MCM)
     7
     8 250MCM)
     4
     6
     1
    : 390 600 2 - 400 586 # 14 3 - (3/0 - 2 - (3/0 - 2 - (4/0 - 2 - (#2 - 4/0)
     D
     I
     U
3x (3/0 - 2x (3/0 - 2x (4/0 - 500MCM) 250MCM) 500MCM)
454 600 2 - 400 683 # 14 2 - (1/0 - 4/0 ) 2 - (3/0 - 4/0)
     S 500MCM) 250MCM) 500MCM)
     M 518, 40 degC 800 2 - 400 779 # 14
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

6-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-4 

Suggested Cable Size


Amp capacity
*Molded case circuit
(USA, FLA x **Termination lug sizes
breaker (MCCB)
1.25) AWG or Kcmil
kVA
  Digital Control   ***Output Lug   Input Power  Input Power  Output Power  NEC Ground IEC Ground
Amp Rating (A)   ***Input Lug Wire Capacity   ****Ground Lug
Inputs (AWG) Wire Capacity Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size Cable Size
Amps (A)
6 Pulse (Per  12 Pulse (Per  6-Pulse (Per  12-Pulse (Per 
6 P ul se 1 2 P ul s e Phase) Phase) Phase) P ha s e) ( Pe r P ha s e)
3x (3/0 - #1 - 350MCM 3 - (4/0 - 1 - (250 - 4 - (2/0 - 2 - (1/0 - 2 - (3/0 -
518 800 2 - 400 779 # 14 500MCM)   4x (2/0 - 350MCM) 600MCM) 750MCM) 350MCM) 350MCM)
     7 750MCM)
     3
    :
     1 600 800 2 - 400 903 # 14 2 - (250 -
     2
    :
     2 350MCM)
     2 4x (250 - 4 - (250 - 2 - (250 - 4 - (250 -
     1
700 1000 2 - 600 1053 # 14 2x (250 -
     1 750MCM) 500MCM) 600MCM) 750MCM)
     0 600MCM)
     2
  -
2 - (4/0 - 2 - (300 -
     b 350MCM) 350MCM)
    e 4x
     F
  -
     1
815 1000 2 - 600 1225 # 14 (250-500MCM)
     0
    : 932, 40 DegC 1200 2 - 600 1401 # 14 3 - (3/0 - 3 - (300 -
     d
    e
    c 350MCM) 350MCM)
    u
     d 1000, 40 degC 1200 2 - 600 1504 # 14
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 932 1200 2 - 600 1401 # 14 4x 3x (4/0-750MCM) 4x (400 - 4 - (400 - 3 - (4/0 - 4 - (400 - 4- (1/0 - 4 - (4/0 -
     2
     6 (400-500MCM) 750MCM) 500MCM) 750MCM) 750MCM) 350MCM) 350MCM)
     0
     2 1000 1200 2 – 600 1504 # 14
     7
     8
     4 4x (600 - 3x (300 - 4x (600 - 4 - (600 - 3 - (300 – 4 - (600 - 4 - (2/0 -
     6
     1
    : 1200 1600 2 - 800 1804 # 14 750MCM) 750MCM) 750MCM) 750MCM) 750MCM) 750MCM) 350MCM) 4 - (300 -
     D
     I 350MCM)
     U 1400, 40 degC 1800 2 - 1000 2105 # 14 6x (400 - 6 - (400 -
     S   4x (250 - 6x (400 -
     M 750MCM) 750MCM)   4 - (250 - 6 - (400 - 4 - (3/0 -
     D 1500, 40 degC 1800 2 - 1000 2255 # 14 750MCM) 750MCM)
     E
750MCM) 750MCM) 350MCM)
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : Note
    e
     t
    a • For cables size values, the initial dash-number indicates the quantity of cables of the parenthesized suggested size range to be used.
     D
    e • The following ratings are guidelines and shall no t be the sole determining factor of the lug or wire s ize used with the VSD. Application-speci
fic, wire insulation type, conductor material, and local and regional regulations are but a few of the considerations
    s
    a when selecting the actual lug and wire type to be used with the VSD.
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ • Cables and termin als specifications are based on the rated current of the VSD — they DO NOT include a 10% Service Factor. Cables and Terminals speci
fications are based on the rated current of the VSD — they DO NOT include a 10% service factor.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

6-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-5 

*Any customer-supplied Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB), Magnetic Circuit


Protector (MCP), or fuses between the three-phase power source and the VSD
should be in accordance to the short circuit current setting of the VSD and
NEC Article 430.

** Wire sizing should be based upon NEC Table 310.16 or CEC Table 2 using 75
degC cable, an ambient of 30 degC, cable runs for less than 300 ft, and copper 
wiring for no more than three conductors in the raceway, cable or earth (directly
buried). A de-rating factor should be taken into account for 50 degC as per NEC,
     7
     3
    : CEC code, or applicable local area code. The customer should consult the NEC,
     1
     2
    :
     2 CEC, or applicable local area codes standard wire tables for their own particular 
     2
     1
     1
application, wire sizing and ambient de-rating factors.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e *** Use parallel conductors instead of a single conductor (this will allow for the
     F
  -
     1
     0
proper wire bending radius within the cabinet). Use separate conduits for routing
    :
     d parallel conductors. This prevents the need for conductor de-rating (see Note 2).
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r **** Lug sizes are based on using copper/aluminum bonding conductor. Refer to
     P
     \
     1
     2
CEC Table 16 for copper wire and NEC Table 250.122, based on copper.
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6 Note
     1
    :
     D
     I 1.  Contactors used to connect drive terminals should be capable of switching
     U
     S low-current signals (i.e., 5 mA).
     M
     D
     E
     \ 2.  When wiring with parallel conductors, the conductors should be kept together 
     1
     1 in phase sets with U1, V1, W1 in one conduit and parallel conductors U2,
     0
     2
  -
    n V2, W2 in another conduit. The ground conductor should be in one of these
    a
     J
  -
     0
conduits.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a 3.  Twisted-pair wiring should be used for pressure feedback signal wiring
     D
    e terminals.
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e 4.   Pressure feedback input: 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5-V signal two-wire twisted pair,
     R
     \
     1
 .
#20 AWG; other signal circuits, use #18 AWG.
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
Potential Severity: Light
     I
     h Potential Loss: Assets
    c
    u Hazard Category: Land transport
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r Turn off power and lockout/tagout the drive before making any wiring changes to
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
the analog output circuits. Refer to InTouch ID 3827719 for further details.
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-6 

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Land transport

Use separate conduits for routing incoming power, power to motor, and control
conductors. Use no more than three power conductors and a ground conductor 
per conduit.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
6.3   Grounding
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b The VSD should be grounded in accordance with Article 250 of the National
    e
     F
  - Electrical Code (NEC) or Section 10 of the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC), Part
     1
     0
    : I and the grounding conductor should be sized in accordance with NEC Table
     d
    e 250.122 or CEC, Part I Table 16. Refer to Table 6-1: Selection of main circuit
    c
    u
     d wiring equipment for VSDs (standard cables shown). Local grounding codes
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 may apply. A ground lug is provided inside the VSD on the Ground bus.
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Potential Severity: Light
    :
     D
     I Potential Loss: Assets
     U
Hazard Category: Electrical
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \ Conduit is not a suitable ground for the inverter.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
6.4   Wiring Considerations for Mechanical
     t
    a
     D
    e
Equipment
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
The following cautions and warnings are special considerations that should be
     \
     1
 . made for mechanical equipment and components such as motors, shafts and
     3
     \
     6 bearings when this equipment will be driven and controlled by a variable speed
     0
     0
     7 drive.
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o Potential Severity: Light
     T
    n
     I Potential Loss: Assets
     \
     i
    r
     d Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools, Temperature
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E Surface motors operating from adjustable-speed drive power sources tend to
     d
    e
    m operate at higher temperatures which may increase the need for more frequent
     h
     A
     \ lubrication cycles. Failure to lubricate motors driven by adjustable-speed drives
     C
     P could cause premature failure of the motor.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-7 

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives

Operating motors at carrier frequencies higher than 5 kHz may require the motor 
shaft to be grounded or motor bearings to be insulated to prevent current from
being passed down the shaft by capacitative coupling to ground.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 Potential Severity: Serious
     2
     1 Potential Loss: Assets
     1
     0 Hazard Category: Electrical
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - Submersible motors powered by VSD output transformers require special
     1
     0
    :
     d
application concerns. Contact AL InTouch or AL Engineering before starting a
    e
    c
    u
new VSD application.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
6.5    Interconnection Wiring
     4
     6
     1
    : The following subsections describe how the PC boards of the motor controller 
     D
     I
     U and the VSD are interconnected for power and communication both within the
     S
     M drive and to external or optional equipment. Refer to Figure 6-1: Schlumberger 
     D
     E
     \ S3 VSD Power and Communications System Overview Block Diagram and
     1
     1 Figure 6-2: Schlumberger S7+ and ST7 VSD Power and Communications
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
System Overview Block Diagram for a simplified diagram of how the UniConn,
     J
  -
     0 VSD, Site Communications equipment (if required), and external devices (if 
     2
    :
    e
     t required) are connected. Detailed interconnection diagrams are presented in
    a
     D the respective subsystem manuals.
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
Note
     3
     \
     6 Do not use this interconnection wiring for construction purposes.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-8    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-8 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I Figure 6-1: Schlumberger S3 VSD Power and Communications System Overview Block Diagram
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

6-9   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-9

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h Figure 6-2: Schlumberger S7+ and ST7 VSD Power and Communications System Overview Block Diagram
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

6-10    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-10 

6.5.1   Motor Controller Wiring


Refer to your specific controller operations manual (UniConn InTouch ID
3953183, SS2K+ with HMI InTouch ID 3953265, or   HMI SpeedStar SWD
InTouch ID 3860611) for detailed wiring and connection information.

     7
     3
    : 6.5.2    VSD Wiring
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2 For purposes of discussion in this manual, VSD wiring is confined to
     1
     1
     0
     2
interconnection or communication wiring to or from the drive, or to the motor 
  -
     b controller or other external devices in the Schlumberger VSD systems. Wiring
    e
     F
  -
     1 internal to the Toshiba G3 or G7 is not within the scope of this manual.
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r 6.5.2.1   VSD Terminal Board Connections
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
The following   figures describe all control wiring connections to the VSD Terminal
     2
     7
     8
Board. Refer to Table 6-2: VSD Terminal Locations  for terminal descriptions.
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M P15 (+15)  N15 (-15)
     D
     E
     \
     1 P5 (+5)
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m Figure 6-3: S3 VSD Terminal Board Interconnect Diagram
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-11   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-11

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 Figure 6-4: S7+ and ST7 VSD Terminal Board Interconnect Diagram
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u The VSD Terminal Board contains two interlocks which enable and disable
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
certain functions of the drive. See the following list for interlock descriptions.
     1
     2
     6
     0 Term Definition
     2
     7
     8 ST to CC   Opening this interlock enables the coast stop function of the VSD.
     4
     6
     1 Reconnecting this interlock restarts the drive if it was running
    :
     D
     I before it stopped.  If the ST to CC connection is not made, the
     U drive will not start.
     S
     M Please see InTouch 4027175 or I808**18 of the drawings for 
     D proper configuration of the ST-CC connection.
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - Note
     0
     2
    : This interlock should not be used in the  fi eld
    e
     t
    a
     D This interlock may cause inverter overload messages when the
    e
    s drive restarts.
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ S4 to CC   Opening this interlock causes an E-stop trip in the VSD. This must
     1
 .
     3 be reset before the drive can be restarted.
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-12    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-12 

Table 6-2: VSD Terminal Locations

Terminal Terminal Functions Terminal


Name Location
L1(R), L2(S), Line input terminals for 6-pulse models: connect to either 
L3(T) 3-phase 50-Hz 380 to 400 volts AC or 3-phase 60-Hz 415 to
480 volts AC
L1(R), Line input terminals for 12-pulse models: connect to either 
VSD terminal
L2(S), L3(T), 6-phase 50-Hz 380 to 400 volts AC or 6- phase 60-Hz 415 to
block or bus
L12(R2), 480 volts AC
     7 bar 
     3
    : L22(S2),
     1
     2
    : L32(T2)
     2
     2
     1 T1(U), T2(V), Motor output terminals. Connect these terminals to a 3–phase
     1
     0 T3(W) induction motor of the proper voltage, current, and horsepower,
     2
  -
     b or input to a step-up transformer.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
6.5.3   VSD Control Board Connections
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
The SpeedStar S3 VSD Control Board is located directly on top of the Gate
     6
     0
     2
Driver Board and is in the direct center of the VSD when viewing the drive with
     7
     8
     4
the enclosure door open. Refer to Figure 6-5: S3 Control Board Diagram.
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-13    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-13 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 Figure 6-5: S3 Control Board Diagram
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
The SpeedStar S7+ and VariStar ST7 VSD Control Board is located directly
     D
     I above the Terminal Board and is in the direct center of the VSD when viewing
     h
    c the drive with the enclosure door open. Refer to Figure 6-6: S7+ and ST7
    u
    o
     T Control Board Diagram.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-14    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-14 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8 Figure 6-6: S7+ and ST7 Control Board Diagram
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
6.5.4   S3 Control Transformer, T1, Wiring (S3 drives only)
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
 Also located within the SpeedStar S3 VSD enclosure is the Control Transformer,
     2
  -
    n
T1. Refer to Figure 6-7: Control Transformer, T1, Terminal Block and  Table 6-3:
    a
     J
  - T1 Connections and Functions for control transformer connections and functions.
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d Figure 6-7: Control Transformer, T1, Terminal Block
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

6-15    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Wiring   6-15 

Note
On SpeedStar VSD ranges of 66 to 454 kVA, a jumper should start at terminal
"RJ" and should be terminated on the proper terminal for the appropriate
input voltage at which the SS2K+/SWD is to be used. Refer to Table 6-3: T1
Connections and Functions for the proper terminations needed on the Control
Transformer T1.

     7 Table 6-3: T1 Connections and Functions


     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 Terminal Name Terminal Functions Terminal Location
     2
     1
     1 R41/46 T1 Connection for 460 V, T1 terminal block
     0
     2
  -
     b 60-Hz and 415 V, 50-Hz
    e
     F
  -
     1
R40/44 T1 Connection for 440 V,
     0 60-Hz and 400 V, 50-Hz
    :
     d
    e
    c R38   T1 Connection for 380 V,
    u
     d 50-Hz
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 RJ   T1 Common
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

7-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Operator Interface   7-i 

7    Operator Interface

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

7-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Operator Interface   7-1

7    Operator Interface
For the operator interface of the motor controller, refer to:

• HMI, S3 SS2K+: InTouch ID 3953265


     7 • HMI, S3 SWD: InTouch ID 3860611
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 • UniConn:  InTouch ID 3953183
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

8-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Installation   8-i 

8    Installation
8.1   Installation Safety Precautions _________________________________    8-1
8.2    Confirmation of Wiring _________________________________________    8-3 
8.3    Start-Up Test ___________________________________________________    8-4 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

8-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Installation   8-1

8    Installation
This chapter describes how to install the VSD on location. Installation procedures
for optional and combinable equipment for the drive (site communications,
external inputs or output devices such as transducers) are discussed in the
     7 Optional and Combinable Equipment chapter of this manual. Refer to 10:
     3
    :
     1
     2
Optional and Combinable Equipment for more details.
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b Potential Severity: Major 
    e
     F
  -
     1
Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     0
    : Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools
     d
    e
    c
    u Troubleshooting or servicing a VSD must be performed by qualified personnel.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
Qualified personnel is defined as personnel who have attended and successfully
     1
     2
     6
completed the Toshiba technical course for industrial drives or Schlumberger 
     0
     2
     7
equivalent training and have their course reference material on hand. Only
     8
     4
     6
then should qualified personnel contact AL InTouch for additional support and
     1
    : troubleshooting/repair instructions.
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
8.1   Installation Safety Precautions
     2
  -
    n
    a 1.  Install the drive in a secure and upright position in a well ventilated location.
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : NEMA 3R enclosures are used in outdoor applications. A sunshaded roof 
    e
     t
    a is recommended if the drive is installed in the direct sunlight, a temperature
     D
    e
    s derating factor may be required. Temperature should range from:
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ • -40 degF (-40 degC) to 122 degF (50 degC) for SpeedStar S3 and S7+
     1
 .
     3
     \ VSDs
     6
     0
     0
     7 • 14 degF (-10 degC) to 122 degF (50 degC) for 200 to 390 kVA VariStar 
     9
     1
     4 ST7 VSDs
     D
     I
     h
    c 2.  For NEMA 3R units, allow a clearance space of 8 in (20 cm) for the top and
    u
    o
     T 6 in (10 cm) on both sides. Do not obstruct any of the ventilation openings.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r Rear ventilation requires free air   flow for proper cooling. NEMA 1 units need
     d
    a
     K
  - 6 in (15 cm) for ventilation in the back and no side clearance is required.
     l
     E
     d
    e 3.  Avoid installation in areas where extreme vibration, extreme heat, or sources
    m
     h of electrical noise are present.
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

8-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Installation   8-2 

4.  Adequate working space should be provided for adjustment, inspection,


and maintenance of the drive.
5.   Adequate lighting should be available for troubleshooting and maintenance.
6.  A noncombustible insulating   floor or mat should be provided in the area
immediately surrounding the electrical system where maintenance is
required.
7.  Always ground the unit properly to prevent electrical shock and to help
     7 reduce electrical noise.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0 Potential Severity: Serious
     2
  -
     b Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
    e
     F
  - Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
 A separate ground cable should be run inside the conduit with the input,
    c
    u output, and control power cables. Refer to  6.3: Grounding for more
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
information.  The metal of conduit is not an acceptable ground.
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
8.  Use lockout/tag out procedures before connecting three phase power of the
     7
     8
     4
correct voltage to input terminals (L1, L2, L3 [R, S, T] for a 6–pulse drive;
     6
     1
    :
L1, L2, L3 [R, S, T] and L4, L5, L6 [R2, S2, T2] for a 12–pulse drive) and
     D
     I
     U
connect three-phase power from output terminals T1, T2, T3 (U, V, W) to a
     S motor of the correct voltage and type for the application. Size the conductors
     M
     D in accordance with section 6.2: Selection of Wiring Equipment and Standard
     E
     \
     1
     1 Cable Sizes.
     0
     2
  -
    n 9.  If conductors of a smaller than recommended size are used in parallel to
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
share current, then the conductors should be kept together in sets i.e.,
    :
    e
     t U1, V1, W1 in one conduit and U2, V2, W2 in another. National and local
    a
     D electrical codes should be checked for possible cable derating factors if 
    e
    s
    a
    e
more than three power conductors are run in the same conduit, through
     l
    e
     R
     \
the same hole in the cabinet or through a non-metallic   flange or bulkhead.
     1
 .
     3 Temperatures can become excessive if phase U1, U2, and/or U3 cables are
     \
     6
     0 in proximity to each other (eddy current   field effect).
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
10. Use separate metal conduits for routing the input power, output power, and
     D
     I control circuits.
     h
    c
    u 11. Installation of drive systems should conform to the National Electrical Code,
    o
     T
    n
     I regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and all
     \
     i
    r
     d national, regional, or industry codes and standards when installed in the
    a
     K
  -
     l United States. Other codes may apply if installed outside of the US.
     E
     d
    e
    m 12. Do not connect control circuit terminal block return connections marked
     h
     A
     \ CC to VSD earth ground terminals marked GND(E). Refer to section 6.5.3:
     C
     P
     E
VSD Control Board Connections and section 6.5.2.1: VSD Terminal Board
    g Connections.
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

8-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Installation   8-3 

13.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives

If a secondary Magnetic Contactor (MC) is used between the VSD output and
the load, it should be interlocked so that the ST-CC terminals (on the VSD
     7 terminal board) are disconnected before the output contactor is opened. If 
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : the output contactor is used for bypass operation, it must also be interlocked
     2
     2 so that supply power is never applied to the drive output terminals (U,V,W).
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b 14.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c Potential Severity:   Serious
    u
     d
    o
    r
Potential Loss:   Assets, Personnel
     P
     \ Hazard Category:   Electrical, Explosives
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2 Power factor improvement capacitors or surge absorbers must not be
     7
     8
     4 installed on the VSDs output.
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
15. Never install any type of starter(s) or contactor(s) on the drive output to
     S switch motor loads instantaneously.
     M
     D
     E
     \ 16. Only qualified personnel should install this equipment.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
8.2    Confirmation of Wiring
     t
    a
     D
    e Make the following   final checks before applying power to the unit:
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e 1.   Confirm that source power is connected to terminals L1(R), L2(S), and L3(T)
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3 for a VariStar and a 6-pulse SpeedStar 2000+/SWD; L1(R), L2(S), L3(T)
     \
     6
     0 and L12(R2), L22(S2), L32(T2) for a 12-pulse SpeedStar 2000+/SWD.
     0
     7
     9 Connection of incoming source power to any other terminals will damage
     1
     4 the drive.
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
2.  The three-phase source power should be within the correct voltage and
    o
     T frequency tolerances.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d 3.  The output leads must be connected to terminals T1(U), T2(V), and T3(W).
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 4.  Make sure there are no short circuits or inadvertent grounds and tighten
     d
    e
    m any loose connector terminal screws.
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

8-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Installation   8-4 

Note
The UniConn contains an internal lithium-ion battery that backs up the power to
the Real-Time Clock and SRAM. The battery has an expected lifetime of greater 
than   five years on standby and should normally not need to be replaced during
the lifetime of an operating controller. If the “U Battery” alarm displays constantly
on the controller, the battery does need to be replaced. It is recommended that
the unit be returned to the factory for installation.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
8.3   Start-Up Test
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1 Potential Severity: Light
     0
    : Potential Loss: Assets
     d
    e Hazard Category: Electrical
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
Prior to releasing an electrical drive system for regular operation after installation,
     1
     2
     6
the system should be given a start-up test by quali fied personnel. This start-up
     0
     2
     7
test assures correct operation of the equipment for reasons of reliable and safe
     8
     4
     6
performance. It is important to schedule time for a startup test, to conduct it, and
     1
    : document it. Perform start-up testing as described in section  9: Startup and
     D
     I
     U Commissioning.
     S
     M When power is applied for the  fi rst time, the drive’s parameters are set to default
     D
     E
     \ values that may or may not be appropriate for the application. If these settings
     1
     1 are not optimal for the application, the desired settings must be programmed
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
before initiating a run. The drive can be operated with no motor connected.
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D Note
    e
    s
    a
Operation with no motor connected or use with a small trial motor is
    e
     l
    e recommended for initial adjustment or for learning to adjust and operate the drive.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-i 

9   Startup and Commissioning


9.1  Required Startup Equipment and Tools _________________________    9-1
9.2   Pre-Power up Checks for Initial Startup ________________________    9-1
9.3   Main Power Circuit Checks for Initial Startup ___________________    9-3 
9.3.1   Checking Input Diodes (In Circuit) _____________________________    9-4
9.3.2    Checking IGBTs (In Circuit) ___________________________________    9-5 
9.3.3   Main Power Test _____________________________________________    9-6 
     7
9.3.4   HMI Power Supply Checks ___________________________________    9-9
     3
    :
     1 9.3.5    Sequence Tests ______________________________________________    9-9
     2
    :
     2 9.3.6    Full Output Voltage Test (No Load) ___________________________    9-10 
     2
     1
     1
9.3.7    Full Voltage Output (with Load) ______________________________    9-11
     0
     2
  - 9.4    Commissioning Procedures ___________________________________    9-11
     b
    e
     F
9.4.1   Step—up Transformer Startup and Check ____________________    9-11
  -
     1
     0
9.4.2    Connecting the VSD to Downhole Equipment _________________    9-12 
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-1

9   Startup and Commissioning


This chapter describes step-by-step procedures for starting up and
commissioning new VSD installations. Some steps are included for equipment
that is optional and combinable with the drives, where practical. If this manual
     7 does not include information for the optional equipment attached to your drive
     3
    :
     1
     2
application, refer to the appendices of this manual (specifically reference material
    :
     2 and third-party information) for additional information.
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
If at any point during the startup and commissioning process it is found that
    e
     F
  - there are damaged components or unexpected results, please refer to the
     1
     0 troubleshooting procedures in section 12: Troubleshooting (p. 12-1).
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 Potential Severity: Major 
     2
     6 Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     0
     2 Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Troubleshooting or servicing a Schlumberger VSD must be performed by
    :
     D
     I
     U
qualified personnel. Qualified personnel is defined as those who have attended
     S and successfully completed the relevant Schlumberger training at a recognized
     M
     D Training Center. The Toshiba variable speed drive course is also highly
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
recommended for personnel that (will) start up and service drives on a regular 
     2
  -
    n basis. Completion of these courses is NOT a substitute for   field experience.
    a
     J
  - Course-trained personnel should be accompanied and mentored by experienced
     0
     2
    :
    e personnel until deemed competent to work unsupervised. Qualified personnel
     t
    a
     D should have their course reference material on hand. Only then should they
    e
    s
    a
contact InTouch Support for additional support and troubleshooting/repair 
    e
     l
    e instructions.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
9.1   Required Startup Equipment and Tools
     D
     I
     h Before attempting any startup procedures, ensure that the personnel assigned
    c
    u
    o to the job have the required equipment and tools listed in the VSD Tools Kit,
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i part number 100072064. The details of the kit may be found and items ordered
    r
     d
    a from OneCAT.
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
9.2    Pre-Power up Checks for Initial Startup
     P
     E
    g Perform the following pre-power up checks:
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-2 

Potential Severity: Major 


Potential Loss: Personnel, Reputation
Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives

Use appropriate lockout/tagout procedures (refer to InTouch ID# 3827719) to


ensure that VSD power is OFF before proceeding with the following checks
and procedures.
Use a Volt-Ohm Meter (VOM) to verify that ALL power is OFF on the VSD,
     7
     3
    : including
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2 • Incoming lines (if unit is a 12-pulse, check two sets of incoming lines) at the
     1
     1
     0 bottom of the circuit breaker 
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
• Motor terminals
     1
     0
    : • The DC bus.
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
1.  Verify that the board numbers, switch settings, and jumper settings are
     \
     1 correct for the application and that connections to the proper taps of the
     2
     6
     0 CPT(s) are made. Use the drawings as reference.
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I Note
     U
     S Pay special attention to the setting for the ST-CC jumper. See  InTouch
     M
     D
     E
Content ID 4027175 for more details.
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - 2.   Verify all connectors are properly plugged in.
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0 3.   Perform a thorough visual check of all drive components. Ensure that
     2
    :
    e
     t resistors are not bent or any components on the circuit boards are not broken.
    a
     D
    e
    s
4.   Ensur e that the drive is clean and free of debris, dust, cobwebs, etc.
    a
    e
     l
    e 5.  Verify that the installation is properly grounded.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ 6.  Verify that the input and output cables for the installation are appropriately
     6
     0 sized and properly terminated.
     0
     7
     9
     1 7.  Verify that the customer interface wiring is properly installed and ready to be
     4
     D
     I connected to the application.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
8.   Ver ify that the wiring is properly installed and connected in the motor terminal
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
box.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
9.  Disconnect the motor leads at the drive output terminals and perform a spot
     E
     d insulation resistance check (“megger”) on the motor and cables. Do not
    e
    m
     h
reconnect motor leads.
     A
     \
     C
     P
10. Check the tightness on all cable and bus connections.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-3 

11.  Check all fuses before power-up. A blown fuse indicates that power 
has been applied to the drive prior to arrival. Do not simply replace the
fuse. Check fuses and main wiring connections for loose components and
connections: Tighten as necessary.
12. Use a VOM to check the Softstart resistor (refer to the appropriate schematic
for resistor value specified on the drawing).
13. Ensure that a RS232 communication cable for the S3 and Category-5
(CAT5) communication cable for the S7+ has been installed from the
     7
     3
    : UniConn to the VSD.
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
9.3   Main Power Circuit Checks for Initial Startup
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 Perform the following procedures to check all components in the main power 
    :
     d
    e circuit for proper function:
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6 Potential Severity: Major 
     0
     2 Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     7
     8
     4 Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I Turn all power OFF and use lockout/tagout procedure (refer to InTouch ID
     U
     S 3827719) before making changes to transformer taps or connecting wires to
     M
     D
     E
components.
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n 1.  Use a VOM to ensure that the DC bus capacitors have been completely
    a
     J
  - discharged.
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s Potential Severity: Major 
    a
    e
     l
    e Potential Loss: Personnel
     R
     \
     1 Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0 Do not trust the LED inside the VSD cabinet to indicate discharge state of the
     0
     7
     9 DC bus capacitors.
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
2.  Use a VOM to test the following main circuit components:
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-4 

Potential Severity: Major 


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools

Be aware that not only is there still voltage located at the line side of the input
circuit breakers, but that there is also voltage at the 120 V receptacle located
on the front of the drive. This is convenient for the use of tools and laptop but
caution must be exercised when checking components near the circuit for the
     7
     3
    : receptacle, including CPT2. Please see manufacturer drawing I808xx08 for 
     1
     2
    : details on the circuit components. The fused disconnect switch, FDSW, can
     2
     2
     1 be opened for safety, however there will still be 480 VAC located at the line
     1
     0
     2
  -
side of the circuit breaker and the disconnect switch.
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 • control power fuses including the fuses for the 120V power receptacle
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
• DC bus fuse(s)
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
• sinewave   filter fuses and fuse switches (SWD only)
     1
     2
     6 • softstart resistor — Refer to the appropriate drawing for resistor value.
     0
     2
     7
     8 • DC bus capacitors — Check the charge and discharge rate of the
     4
     6
     1 capacitors and ensure that the charge rate is faster than discharge.
    :
     D
     I
     U Use the diode mode of the VOM to charge the capacitors and DC volts
     S mode to discharge.
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1 • discharge resistor R22 - Manually push in MS2 to take reading (if 
     1
     0 applicable).
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - • thermistor (should read 18 to 24 kOhms at room temperature).
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a 3.  Verify the DIP switch settings on the Interface Board for double and triple
     D
    e inverter drives. Refer to the manufacturer’s drawing 1808xx29 for details, or 
    s
    a
    e
     l InTouch ID 4898039.
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
9.3.1   Checking Input Diodes (In Circuit)
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
This section describes how to test the input diodes (rectifiers) with the diodes
     h installed in their operating circuit. If VOM readings do not display as shown,
    c
    u
    o
     T refer to section 12.4.1.2: Checking Input Diodes (isolated from circuit) (p. 12-6)
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r . Refer to the table below for values that should be read on the VOM with the
     d
    a
     K
  -
diodes in circuit. Use the diode tester function of the VOM.
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-5 

Note
 A charging indication on the VOM is caused by the charging action of the DC bus
filter capacitors through the forward-biased diode.

Table 9-1: Input diode test reading (diode in circuit)

Meter (+) Meter (-)   Reading


     7 DC Bus +   Input R   Charging
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : DC Bus + Input S Charging
     2
     2
     1 DC Bus +   Input T   Charging
     1
     0
     2
  - Input R DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     b
    e
     F
  - Input S DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     1
     0
    : Input T DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     d
    e
    c DC Bus -   Input R   0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
DC Bus - Input S 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     \
     1
     2 DC Bus -   Input T   0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     6
     0
     2
     7 Input R   DC Bus - Charging
     8
     4
     6 Input S DC Bus - Charging
     1
    :
     D
     I Input T   DC Bus - Charging
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
9.3.2    Checking IGBTs (In Circuit)
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - This section gives step-by-step procedures on how to test the IGBTs while they
     0
     2
    :
    e are installed in their operating circuit.
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l Note
    e
     R
     \
     1
Charging indication is due to the charging action of the DC Bus   filter capacitors
 .
     3
     \
     6
through the forward biased freewheeling diode across the opposite IGBT.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
1.  Attach the VOM leads as shown in Table 9-2: VOM Connection Points and
     D
     I Readings.
     h
    c
    u
    o Table 9-2: VOM Connection Points and Readings
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d Meter +   Meter -   Reading
    a
     K
  -
     l DC Bus + Output U Charging
     E
     d
    e DC Bus + Output V Charging
    m
     h
     A
     \ DC Bus + Output W Charging
     C
     P
     E Output U DC Bus + 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-6 

Meter + Meter - Reading


Output V DC Bus + 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
Output W DC Bus + 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
DC Bus - Output U 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
DC Bus - Output V 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
DC Bus - Output W 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
Output U DC Bus - Charging
     7 Output V DC Bus - Charging
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : Output W DC Bus - Charging
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0 2.  Ensure that the VOM readings match or approximate those shown in Table
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
9-2: VOM Connection Points and Readings.
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d Note
    o
    r
     P
     \ If an IGBT is found damaged or failed, all IGBTs in the phase must be replaced.
     1
     2 The gain codes on the IGBTs in parallel must match and can only be off by
     6
     0
     2 one if in series.
     7
     8
     4 The associated gate protect board, snubber boards (two part numbers per 
     6
     1
    : phase) and gate driver board in the phase must also be replaced.
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D 9.3.3   Main Power Test
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 Perform the following test to make sure the drive’s power supplies are functioning
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
properly.
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t 1.   Turn main breaker(s) ON to apply power to the drive.
    a
     D
    e 2.  Refer to Figure 9-1: S3 VSD Terminal Board (Control Power Test Points) and
    s
    a
    e
     l Table 9-3: S3 control power supplies test points and readings for SpeedStar 
    e
     R
     \ S3 VSD and to Figure 9-3: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board (control power 
     1
 .
     3
     \ test points) and  Table 9-4: S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points
     6
     0
     0
     7
and readings for SpeedStar S7+ and VariStar ST7 VSDs. Check and ensure
     9
     1
     4
that all power supplies are working properly using a VOM for measurements
     D
     I (+5 V, +15 V, –15 V, +24 V).
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d Potential Severity: Serious
    a
     K
  - Potential Loss: Assets, Reputation
     l
     E Hazard Category: Electrical, Machinery equipment hand tools
     d
    e
    m
     h DO NOT touch pins on the S3 VSD Terminal Board or on the S7+/ST7
     A
     \
     C
     P
Control Board together as this will produce a short that will cause damage to
     E
    g the circuit board.
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-7 

P15 (+15)  N15 (-15)

P5 (+5)

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Figure 9-1: S3 VSD Terminal Board (Control Power Test Points)
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S Table 9-3: S3 control power supplies test points and readings
     M
     D
     E
     \ Power  Permissible Test Point Probe Test Point Common
     1
     1 Supply Voltage
     0
     2
  -
    n
(nominal Range
    a volts) (volts DC)
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : +15 14.4 to 15.6 P15 see Figure 9-2   Terminal CC
    e
     t
    a
     D -15 -14.4 to N15 see Figure 9-2   Terminal CC
    e -15.6
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e +5   4.8 to 5.2 P5 see Figure 9-2   Terminal CC
     R
     \
     1
 . +24 21 to 27   Across P24 RES
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-8    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-8 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d Figure 9-2: S3 VSD Terminal Test Points
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I Figure 9-3: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board (control power test points)
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-9   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-9

Table 9-4: S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points and readings

Power  Permissible Test Point Probe   Test Point Common


Supply Voltage
(nominal Range
volts) (volts DC)
+15 14.4 to 15.6 P15 see Figure 9-4   Terminal CC
-15 -14.4 to N15 see Figure 9-4   Terminal CC
-15.6
     7 +5   4.8 to 5.2 P5 see Figure 9-4   Terminal CC
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : +24 21 to 27 P24 see Figure 9-4   Terminal CC
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
Figure 9-4: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Test Points
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \ 3.  If the readings shown in Table 9-3: S3 control power supplies test points and
     1
     1
     0
     2
readings or  Table 9-4: S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points and
  -
    n readings are good, go to the next section in this procedure. Otherwise, turn
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
main breaker(s) OFF to remove power to the drive and begin troubleshooting
    :
    e
     t procedures as outlined in section 12: Troubleshooting.
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
9.3.4   HMI Power Supply Checks
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 For SpeedStar drives with a Reda HMI, refer to SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265 or 
     0
     0
     7 SpeedStar SWD InTouch ID 3860611 for an HMI power supply checklist.
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
9.3.5    Sequence Tests
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
The following tests are performed to ensure that the drive’s timed and monitored
     K
  -
     l sequences occur according to specification.
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-10    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-10 

1.  Refer to HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265, HMI SpeedStar SWD InTouch ID


3860611, or  UniConn InTouch ID 3953183 for the appropriate commissioning
procedures for the HMI or UniConn when mounted in and used in combination
with a SS2K+ or SWD. For the UniConn, see specifically the Variable Speed
Drive section in the UniConn Manual.
2.  Perform a basic setup of the UniConn or HMI controller so that the drive can
be started in the following procedure.
3.  If the drive is equipped with a MST timer: Set it to minimum and apply power.
     7
     3
    : The input circuit breaker should trip. Reset the circuit breaker and set the
     1
     2
    :
     2 MST between 0.3 and 1.0 seconds.
     2
     1
     1
     0
4.  Apply power and ensure that MS2 picks up. Approximately one (1) second
     2
  -
     b later, MS1 should close.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
5.  If applicable, test the blown fuse indicator circuit by pulling the tab on one
    :
     d of the indicators. The input circuit breaker should trip. Reset the blown fuse
    e
    c
    u
     d
indicator.
    o
    r
     P
     \ 6.  Reset the input circuit breaker and, if applicable, remove the device defeating
     1
     2
     6 the door switch interlock. Turn main power ON. Test the door switch interlock
     0
     2
     7 circuit by opening the drive enclosure door. The input circuit breaker should
     8
     4
     6 trip.
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
7.  Reset the input circuit breaker. Apply power, and test the fan circuit by
     S running the drive.
     M
     D
     E
     \ 8.   Test all remaining sequences (differs by application/jobsite).
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
9.3.6    Full Output Voltage Test (No Load)
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D This test checks the VSD for proper operation without a load (motor) attached.
    e
    s Perform the following steps.
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . 1.  Run the drive at 20 Hz. With a VOM (set to AC voltage mode) check to
     3
     \
     6 see that the voltages between the three outputs (U-V, V-W, and U-W) are
     0
     0
     7 balanced (for Speedstar SWD, take reading before the   filter). Because the
     9
     1
     4 drive signal is PWM instead of sinusoidal, a VOM set to AC volts may not
     D
     I
     h
read accurately, but all three outputs should give the same reading.
    c
    u
    o 2.  For the SWD check at the output of the drive to make sure the sine wave fi lter 
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i is working correctly.
    r
     d
    a
     K
  - 3.  Run the drive up to 60 Hz. With a VOM (set to AC voltage mode) Verify that
     l
     E
     d the voltages between the three outputs (U-V, V-W, and U-W) are balanced
    e
    m
     h
(for the SWD, take reading before the   filter). Because the drive signal is
     A
     \
     C
PWM instead of sinusoidal, a VOM set to AC volts may not read accurately,
     P
     E but all three outputs should give the same reading.
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-11   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-11

4.  For the SWD check at the output of the drive to make sure the sine wave fi lter 
is working correctly.
5.  Turn power OFF.

9.3.7    Full Voltage Output (with Load)


This test checks the VSD for proper operation with a load (motor) connected.
     7
     3
    :
     1 1.  Ensure all power is OFF. Connect the load leads to the drive output lugs.
     2
    :
     2
     2 2.  Apply power and run the drive at 20 Hz. Monitor load current on the front
     1
     1
     0
     2
(UniConn) display.
  -
     b
    e 3.  Ramp the drive up to 60 Hz.
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
4.  Use a clamp-on ammeter to check for balanced current between the power 
    e
    c
    u
units if you have a double or triple inverter drive (518 to 1500 kVA).
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
5.  Use clamp-on ammeter to check for balanced current between U, V, and W
     1
     2
     6
outputs to the load windings. Monitor the drive performance for a reasonable
     0
     2
     7
period of time to ensure proper operation.
     8
     4
     6
     1
6.  Turn power OFF.
    :
     D
     I
     U 7.  Remove load leads from the drive output lugs.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
9.4   Commissioning Procedures
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
9.4.1   Step—up Transformer Startup and Check
     D
    e
    s Perform the following steps to verify that the output transformer is functioning
    a
    e
     l
    e properly.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 1.  Set the output transformer for the correct output voltage for the application.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
2.  Connect transformer input terminals to the drive output terminals.
     4
     D
     I 3.  Turn the main circuit breaker (MCCB1 for 6-pulse, MCCB1 + MCCB2 for 
     h
    c 12-pulse) ON.
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
4.  Start the VSD and ramp the drive up to 60 Hz. Check for proper operation
     d
    a of the VSD and transformer.
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d a.  Check voltage at the transformer output.
    e
    m
     h b.  The output voltages measured at the transformer should be balanced
     A
     \
     C at ±2%.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-12    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-12 

Potential Severity:   Major 


Potential Loss:   Assets, Personnel, Reputation
Hazard Category:   Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment
hand tools

Danger: Only designated personnel qualified to operate high voltage


equipment shall be permitted to take measurement. Use appropriate PPE
when taking these measurements.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
Note
     0
     2
  - Incorrect voltages may appear if the VSD is in any mode other than:
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
•   Constant   (Menu 460) for HMI
    :
     d
    e •   Constant Torque Volts/Hz pattern (Advanced settings) for UniConn
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : Note
     D
     I
     U  A voltage   filter (p/n 1229053) must be used to register accurate readings
     S
     M from the transformer if there is no   filter connected. VSDs with a  filter 
     D
     E
     \ connected do not require the voltage   filter.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n c.  If no voltage  fi lter is used, the voltages will read high and will be non-linear.
    a
     J
  -
     0 5.  Stop the VSD after confirming correct output voltages at the output
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a transformer.
     D
    e
    s
    a
6.  Turn the main circuit breaker (MCCB1 for 6-pulse, MCCB1 + MCCB2 for 
    e
     l
    e 12-pulse) OFF.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
9.4.2    Connecting the VSD to Downhole Equipment
     1
     4
     D
     I Once the UniConn, the VSD, and the output transformer are verified, perform
     h
    c the following steps to connect the drive to downhole equipment, start it up, and
    u
    o
     T check for proper operation.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
1.  Verify that all downhole equipment has been checked out before and
     E after being run in the hole. Verify motor resistances (phase-to-phase and
     d
    e
    m phase-to-ground) are correct.
     h
     A
     \
     C 2.  Connect the VSD output cables to the downhole equipment at the wellhead.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

9-13    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Startup and Commissioning   9-13 

3.  Turn ON the main circuit breaker (MCCB1 for 6-pulse, MCCB1 + MCCB2
for 12-pulse).
4.  Start the VSD.
5.  Perform a calibration on the current monitoring components of the VSD
from the ADJ key on the Load Monitoring Screen (Menu, Motor, Load) (If 
applicable).
6.  Reset the UNDERLOAD, TARGET, and OVERLOAD CURRENT settings
     7 of the VSD.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : 7.  If the artificial lift system is equipped with pressure monitoring equipment,
     2
     2
     1 the VSD must be calibrated to the pressure transducers providing the output
     1
     0 signal.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - 8.  Once all external signals and subsystems have been connected to the drive,
     1
     0 run the drive for a reasonable period of time to confirm proper operation and
    :
     d
    e
    c
that no faults or shut downs occur.
    u
     d
    o
    r 9.  Download configuration/history/data for future reference by saving the site
     P
     \
     1
     2
file (“.ste”) in StarView.
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Potential Severity: Light
    :
     D
     I Potential Loss: Assets
     U
     S Hazard Category: Electrical, Machinery equipment hand tools
     M
     D
     E
     \ Depending upon the type of external devices connected to the VSD and their 
     1
     1
     0 function, it may be best to test drive shutdowns and other conditions with only the
     2
  -
    n transformer connected to minimize wear and tear on the downhole equipment.
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

10-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Optional and Combinable 10-i 

Equipment

10    Optional and Combinable Equipment


10.1  SCADA Equipment ____________________________________________    10-1
10.1.1  
Physical Connection ________________________________________    10-1
10.1.2   
Temporary SCADA Connection ______________________________    10-1
10.1.3  
Modbus Address Map _______________________________________    10-2 
10.2    Communication Equipment Installation, Commissioning, Maintenance
and Troubleshooting __________________________________________    10-2 
     7
10.3    VariStar ST7 VSD Optional Equipment _________________________    10-3 
     3
    :
     1 10.3.1   Varistar Light Receptacle Kit _________________________________    10-3
     2
    :
     2 10.3.2    Varistar Heater Kit __________________________________________    10-3
     2
     1
     1
10.3.3   Surge Protective Device (SPD) Retrofit Kit ____________________    10-3
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

10-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Optional and Combinable 10-1

Equipment

10    Optional and Combinable Equipment


Data acquisition and remote access equipment, such as SCADA systems,
are optional for VSDs and must be specified and ordered for the individual
application. If your drive is equipped with a UniConn, an expansion card
     7 for SCADA applications is shipped with the UniConn and appropriate
     3
    :
     1
     2
documentation is included with it when ordered. Very detailed theory and
    :
     2 complex troubleshooting techniques for optional equipment are beyond the
     2
     1
     1
     0
scope of this manual. Where applicable, a reference or link to additional
     2
  -
     b reference material for optional equipment is included.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
10.1   SCADA Equipment
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 If the VSD you are installing or servicing is configured for remote data acquisition
     2
     6
     0 or control, SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) equipment
     2
     7
     8 must be connected to the drive. This section describes how the equipment is
     4
     6 physically and logically connected to the VSD.
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
10.1.1   Physical Connection
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - Refer to HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265, HMI Speedstar SWD InTouch ID
    n
    a
     J 3860611, or  UniConn InTouch ID 3953183 for the physical connection to SCADA
  -
     0
     2
    :
system.
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
10.1.2    Temporary SCADA Connection
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
For installations that require temporary connection, or are point-to-point in
     6
     0
     0
nature, a DB-9F connector can be used to mate with the DB-9M connector 
     7
     9
     1
provided. Additional handshaking signals are available on the DB-9M connector.
     4
     D
These signals include CTS/RTS and DSR/DTR. At the present time, the Modbus
     I
     h
    c Driver software does not support or require the use of these signals. Should your 
    u
    o application require the use of one or more of these handshake signaling lines,
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i please contact Artificial Lift InTouch. The port can be configured for RS485
    r
     d
    a 4–wire or RS232. Please contact InTouch Support for detailed instructions.
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

10-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Optional and Combinable 10-2 

Equipment

10.1.3   Modbus Address Map


Refer to table on the page 9–9 in SpeedStar 2000+ Manual at InTouch ID
3953265 for the Modbus Addresses if your drive is equipped with the HMI or 
refer to InTouch ID 4104120 – Telemetry Tables for the UniConn Controller  for 
Modbus Addresses if your drive is equipped with the UniConn controller.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
10.2    Communication Equipment Installation,
     2
     1
     1
     0
Commissioning, Maintenance and
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
Troubleshooting
     1
     0
    :
     d SCADA equipment or site communication equipment is optional for Schlumberger 
    e
    c
    u
     d
SS2K+ and SWD systems. The standard site communication solution for 
    o
    r
     P
Schlumberger 2000+ drives and SWDs is the Site Communication Box (SCB).
     \
     1 However, equipment other than the SCB may be specified. Anyone installing site
     2
     6
     0 communication equipment other than the SCB will have to refer to manufacturer’s
     2
     7
     8 recommendations and documentation.
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I Training is required before installing, commissioning, and operating
     U
     S Schlumberger site communication equipment.
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - Note
    n
    a Only qualified personnel should perform SCB installations. Installation requires
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : knowledge of the PAC, satellite modem, satellite network, end devices, and
    e
     t
    a industrial electrical and communication wiring. The installer is responsible for 
     D
    e
    s
installing the equipment according to local electrical and hazardous location
    a
    e
     l regulations. The Schlumberger Regional Training Centers offers a training
    e
     R
     \ course on the installation of SCB.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 For detailed installation instructions for the SCB, refer to InTouch ID 4458031
     7
     9
     1 - espWatcher Installation Reference Page . Installation topics include SCB
     4
     D
     I mounting location, antenna installation, antenna aiming, satellite modem
     h
    c
    u
installation, PAC setup, power and communication cabling, and appendices
    o
     T
    n
which contain   field wiring instructions for external devices to the SCB. Also
     I
     \
     i
    r included is information on operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the
     d
    a
     K
  -
SCB.
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

10-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Optional and Combinable 10-3 

Equipment

10.3   VariStar ST7 VSD Optional Equipment


ST7 VSD can have several options added to the basic VSD version.

10.3.1   Varistar Light Receptacle Kit


     7
     3
 An optional   field installed, Light/Receptacle Kit is available for the Varistar 2000+
    :
     1 and SWDs. For all Varistar VSDs this kit has Schlumberger P/N 100122209. For 
     2
    :
     2
     2 installation instructions and drawings please refer to InTouch ID 4224585.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
10.3.2    Varistar Heater Kit
     0
    :
     d
    e For operation in high humidity environments (i.e., jungle) an optional   field
    c
    u
     d installed Heater Kit is available for the Varistar 2000+ and SWD. For all Varistar 
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 VSDs this kit has Schlumberger P/N 100262375. For installation instructions and
     2
     6
     0
drawings please refer to InTouch ID 4224597.
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : Note
     D
     I
     U The heater option kit is NOT intended for use to extend the operation of the
     S
     M
     D
Varistar VSDs to below 14 degF (-10 degC). Use of the heater kit for this purpose
     E
     \ may result in equipment damage or failure.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
10.3.3   Surge Protective Device (SPD) Retrofit Kit
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a The Varistar VSDs are compatible with the existing Schlumberger Starshield
     D
    e SPD products. The part numbers for the compatible SPD retrofit kits are:
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
• 100240811 for 200 kVA units
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
• 100249511 for 390 and 518 kVA units.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1 For additional information on the use and installation of the SPD retrofit kits
     4
     D
     I please refer to InTouch ID 4130993.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-i 

11   Maintenance
11.1   Periodic Inspection ____________________________________________    11-1
11.2    Motor Controller Maintenance _________________________________    11-4 
11.3    Requesting Maintenance Support _____________________________    11-4 
11.4    Component Service Life ______________________________________    11-4 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-1

11   Maintenance
This chapter discusses preventive maintenance that is required for SpeedStar 
2000+/SWD. Recommended service intervals for maintenance procedures
(especially life-limited parts and components) are included.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2 Potential Severity: Major 
     1
     1 Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     0
     2
  -
     b Hazard Category: Electrical, Machinery equipment hand tools
    e
     F
  -
     1 Troubleshooting or servicing a Schlumberger VSD must be performed by
     0
    :
     d qualified personnel. Qualified personnel is defined as those who have attended
    e
    c
    u and successfully completed the relevant Schlumberger training at a recognized
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
Training Center. The Toshiba variable speed drive course is also highly
     1
     2
     6
recommended for personnel that (will) start up and service drives on a regular 
     0
     2
     7
basis. Completion of these courses is NOT a substitute for   field experience.
     8
     4
     6
Course-trained personnel should be accompanied and mentored by experienced
     1
    : personnel until deemed competent to work unsupervised. Qualified personnel
     D
     I
     U should have their course reference material on hand. Only then should they
     S
     M contact InTouch Support for additional support and troubleshooting/repair 
     D
     E
     \ instructions.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
11.1   Periodic Inspection
    a
     D
    e
    s
Maintenance for variable speed drives includes periodic inspections for 
    a
    e
     l drives that seemingly are functioning properly, but have been in service for a
    e
     R
     \ reasonable amount of time. Often, visual inspection can identify a problem or 
     1
 .
     3
     \ malfunction before it gets serious enough to require the drive to be shut down
     6
     0
     0 for maintenance or repair, or the drive registers a fault and shuts down by itself.
     7
     9
     1 Table 11-1: Periodic Visual Inspection Checklist lists the major visual inspection
     4
     D
     I objectives that should be checked on a periodic basis:
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d Potential Severity: Major 
    a
     K
  - Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     l
     E Hazard Category: Electrical
     d
    e
    m
     h Use lockout/tagout procedures in accordance with local electrical codes before
     A
     \
     C
     P
performing any drive maintenance.
     E
    g Do not use liquid cleaning agents.
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-2 

Table 11-1: Periodic Visual Inspection Checklist

Inspection Item Recommended Inspection Interval Recommended action


Drive cleanliness Each time drive is checked
• Carefully inspect doors, handle, door 
interlock, and enclosure for damage.
• Check for moisture or any signs of 
dripping inside the cabinet. Eliminate
any source of moisture, grease, dust,
insects, etc. Seal off cable glands,
     7
     3
    : hubs, cracks or openings that have
     1
     2
    : allowed foreign objects to enter the
     2
     2 drive.
     1
     1
     0 • Remove accumulated dust, sand,
     2
  -
     b and dirt by vacuuming. Do not use
    e
     F
  - compressed air, as it may contain
     1
     0 moisture and blow debris elsewhere
    :
     d within the enclosure.
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P • Check devices such as contactors,
     \
     1 breakers, PTs, CTs, UniConn
     2
     6 Controller, etc. for wetness, corrosion,
     0
     2
     7 or contamination. Replace damaged
     8
     4 parts if necessary.
     6 Check electrical
     1
    :
     D components and • Check loose connections on power and
     I 6 - 12 months or as required
     U connections for  control terminals. Tighten with proper 
     S tightness
     M
tools as required.
     D
     E
     \ • Inspect current carrying parts such
     1
     1 as fuse clips, line/load terminals
     0
     2
  - for corrosion or other signs of 
    n
    a abnormalities. Replace damaged parts
     J
  -
     0 if necessary.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a Soft Charge Resistor 3 - 6 months Check for discoloration or cracks.
     D
    e Check for evidence of leakage, rupturing,
    s
    a
    e
     l   Each time drive is opened for  breakage, or expansion. Replace damaged
    e Main capacitors
     R inspection capacitors if necessary. Capacitors should
     \
     1
 . be replaced in pairs at minimum.
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-3 

• Each time drive is checked or  • Keep the exposed heatsinks free of 
every 3 months at minimum dust, debris, insects, moisture, etc.
• Depending upon prevailing • Check for any abnormal noise or 
conditions frequent inspection vibration on the heatsink fan/motor.
is required in areas of excess Replace damaged parts if necessary.
dust, sand, insects, or high
Heat sinks • Remove housing and clean between
humidity
fins of heatsink if lacking adequate air 
flow.

     7 • Replace the heatsink fan/motor if the


     3
    :
     1 total operating time is approaching or 
     2
    :
     2 exceeding the service life. Refer to
     2
     1 Table 11-2: Service Life Replacement
     1
     0 Chart.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1 • Check for proper air  fl ow through VSD
     0
    : enclosure from outside and inside the
     d
    e enclosure.
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r • Each time drive is checked or  • Keep the heat exchanger free of dust,
     P
     \
     1 every 3 months at minimum debris, insects, moisture etc.
     2
     6
     0 Heat Exchanger  • Dependent upon prevailing • Check for abnormal noise or vibration
     2
     7 conditions. Frequent on the fan/motor. Replace damaged
     8
     4 inspection is required in parts if necessary
     6
     1
    : areas of excess dust, sand,
     D
     I • Replace the heat exchanger fan/motor 
     U
insects, or high humidity
if the total operating time is approaching
     S
     M or exceeding the service life. Refer to
     D Table 11-2: Service Life Replacement
     E
     \
     1 Chart.
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - • Check for proper air  fl ow with a piece
     0 of paper 
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a • Check for any abnormal noise or 
     D
    e vibration on fan. Replace the damaged
    s Internal cooling fans
    a fan if necessary
    e
     l Each time drive is checked or 
    e including capacitor fans
     R every 3 months at minimum • Remove accumulated dust, sand, and
     \ (muf fin fans)
     1
 .
     3 dirt by vacuuming
     \
     6
     0 • Replace the fan if the total operating
     0
     7
     9 time is approaching or exceeding
     1
     4 the service life. Refer to Table 11-2:
     D
     I Ser vice Life Replacement Chart.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-4 

• Check fuse switches and fuses for 


Sinewave Filter (Fuse proper operation (open & close) and
switches, Fuses, 6 - 12 months or as required continuity.
Reactor, Capacitor) • Check capacitors and reactors for 
evidence of leakage, rupturing,
breakage, noise, or discoloration
More frequent inspections are required if the drive is installed under the following conditions:

     7 • High ambient temperature and humidity


     3
    :
     1 • Poor environmental factors including dust, salt, H2S, insects etc.
     2
    :
     2
     2 • Fluctuation of power supply or load
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
• Excessive vibration and/or shock loading
     b
    e
     F • Frequent starting and stopping
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d Failure to do so will result in reduced component service life:
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
11.2    Motor Controller Maintenance
     7
     8
     4
     6 Refer to UniConn InTouch ID 3953183 and HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265,
     1
    :
     D
     I
HMI SpeedStar SWD InTouch ID 3860611 for maintenance routines that should
     U be performed periodically or as required.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
11.3   Requesting Maintenance Support
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
Refer to InTouch ID 4202020 for an example of an Application Data/Problem
    e
     t
    a Information Sheet. The Application Data/Problem Information Sheet is created
     D
    e
    s
to correspond to information  flow on  InTouchSupport.com so that the   field user 
    a
    e
     l can complete a hardcopy version on site and enter the information on the
    e
     R
     \ InTouchsupport.com database upon returning to the Schlumberger service
     1
 .
     3
     \ center or shop.
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
Refer to Figure B-2: Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 1 of 
     4
     D 2) in the Appendix under   Appendix B: Reference Material for the necessary
     I
     h
    c information required to request assistance from EPC engineers. This data will
    u
    o ensure assistance is given in the most complete and timely manner possible.
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
11.4   Component Service Life
    m
     h
     A
     \ Some VSD components have a known optimum service life and must be
     C
     P replaced when their service life expires. The service lives of life-limited VSD
     E
    g components are shown in Table 11-2: Service Life Replacement Chart.
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

11-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Maintenance   11-5 

Note
Regular maintenance is still required per   Table 11-1: Periodic Visual Inspection
Checklist.

Table 11-2: Service Life Replacement Chart

Part Name   Service Life   Remarks


     7 Large-capacity electrolytic 5 years Apply power semiannually during
     3
    :
     1 capacitor  long periods of inactivity.
     2
    :
     2
     2 Internal cooling fan   26,000 hours
     1
     1
     0 External cooling fan   26,000 hours
     2
  -
     b
    e Contact relays   500,000 operations
     F
  -
     1
     0 Connectors 100 operations   Replace pin in case of failure.
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-i 

12    Troubleshooting
12.1   Required Troubleshooting Equipment and Tools ______________    12-1
12.2    Capturing Drive Data __________________________________________    12-1
12.3    Pre-Power up Checks _________________________________________    12-2 
12.4    Main Power Circuit Component Checks _______________________    12-4 
12.4.1   Main Power Circuit Checks __________________________________    12-4
12.4.1.1   Checking Input Diodes (In Circuit) ________________________    12-5 
     7
12.4.1.2    Checking Input Diodes (isolated from circuit) ______________    12-6 
     3
    :
     1 12.4.1.3   Checking IGBTs (In Circuit) ______________________________    12-7 
     2
    :
     2 12.4.1.4   Checking Single—Transistor IGBTs _______________________    12-9
     2
     1
     1
12.4.1.5    Control Power Supply Checks ___________________________    12-10 
     0
     2
  - Control Power Supply Check Procedure ______________    12-10 
     b
    e
     F
12.4.1.6    HMI Power Supply Checks ______________________________    12-18 
  -
     1 12.4.2    VSD Output Tests __________________________________________    12-18 
     0
    :
     d
    e
12.4.2.1   Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection (Super User Test Mode)
    c
    u
     d
 _________________________________________________________    12-19
    o
    r Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in SpeedStar S3 &
     P
     \
     1
     2
S7+ VSD/SWD with UniConn/Starview (Super User Test Mode)
     6
     0
     2
 ______________________________________________________    12-19
     7
     8 Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S3
     4
     6 VSD/SWD with Toshiba keypad (Super-user Mode) ___    12-22 
     1
    :
     D
     I Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S7+
     U
     S and VariStar ST7 VSD/SWD with Toshiba Keypad (Super-user 
     M Mode) ______________________________________________    12-24
     D
     E
     \
     1 Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S3
     1
     0 VSD with HMI (Super-user Mode) ___________________    12-24
     2
  -
    n 12.4.2.2    Gate Drive Pulse Test ___________________________________    12-25 
    a
     J
  -
     0 12.4.2.3   Gate Drive Pulse Troubleshooting Procedures ____________    12-28 
     2
    :
    e
     t 12.4.2.4   Reduced Output Voltage Test ___________________________    12-29
    a
     D Single Inverter Drives (66 to 518 kVA at 40 degC) _____    12-29
    e
    s Double or Triple Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA) ____    12-30 
    a
    e
     l
    e 12.4.2.5    Reduced Voltage Output Signal Timing Test for Double or Triple
     R
     \
     1
 . Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA) ________________________    12-33
     3
     \
     6 12.4.2.6    Sequence Checks ______________________________________    12-34
     0
     0 12.4.2.7    Full Output Voltage Test (without Motor) __________________    12-34
     7
     9
     1 12.4.2.8    Full Output Voltage Test (with Motor) _____________________    12-36 
     4
     D
     I 12.5    Typeform Setup ______________________________________________    12-36 
     h
    c
    u
12.6    Super-user Resets ___________________________________________    12-46 
    o
     T
    n
12.6.1   Performing a Reset Using the UniConn/StarView. ____________    12-47 
     I
     \
     i
    r 12.6.1.1   Reset to Factory Defaults with The UniConn _____________    12-47 
     d
    a 12.6.1.2    Typeform Reset with The UniConn ______________________    12-48 
     K
  -
     l
     E 12.6.1.3   Reset to Factory Defaults with StarView _________________    12-48 
     d
    e 12.6.1.4   Typeform Reset with StarView ___________________________    12-50 
    m
     h 12.6.2    Performing a Reset Using the G3 Diagnostic Keypad _________    12-50 
     A
     \
     C 12.6.2.1   Performing a Type 255 Reset ___________________________    12-51
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-ii    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-ii 

12.6.2.2    Performing a Typeform (Type 7) Reset ___________________    12-51


12.6.3   Performing a Reset Using the G7 Diagnostic Keypad _________    12-51
12.7    S3/S7+/VariStar 454 – 1500 kVA Dip Switch Setting ___________    12-53 
12.8    Troubleshooting the UniConn ________________________________    12-56 
12.9   Common Fault Displays ______________________________________    12-56 
12.9.1   S3 VSD Typeform Error Procedure __________________________    12-56 
12.9.2    S7+/ST7 VSD Typeform Error Procedure ____________________    12-57 
12.9.3   S3 VSD Current Detection Error Procedure __________________    12-58 
12.9.4   S7+ and ST7 VSD Current Detection Error Procedure ________    12-58 
     7 12.9.5    S3 VSD Open Fuse Alarm/Trip (Press Clear) ________________    12-59
     3
    :
     1 12.9.6    S7+/ST7 VSD Overheat Alarm/Trip (Press Clear) ____________    12-59
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-1

12    Troubleshooting
This chapter provides troubleshooting procedures for the VSDs that are in
service and must be tested or are malfunctioning. These procedures are
intended to help the   field user identify which part of the drive is malfunctioning.
     7  Any attempted repairs to a VSD should be performed in conjunction with InTouch
     3
    :
     1
     2
Support when necessary and should be performed by qualified personnel only
    :
     2 as defined in the following note.
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
Potential Severity: Major 
     0
    : Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
     d
    e Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P Troubleshooting or servicing a Schlumberger VSD must be performed by
     \
     1
     2 qualified personnel. Qualified personnel is defined as those who have attended
     6
     0
     2 and successfully completed the relevant Schlumberger training at a recognized
     7
     8
     4 Training Center. The Toshiba variable speed drive course is also highly
     6
     1 recommended for personnel that (will) start up and service drives on a regular 
    :
     D
     I
     U basis. Completion of these courses is NOT a substitute for   field experience.
     S
     M Course-trained personnel should be accompanied and mentored by experienced
     D
     E
     \
personnel until deemed competent to work unsupervised. Qualified personnel
     1
     1 should have their course reference material on hand. Only then should they
     0
     2
  -
    n contact InTouch Support for additional support and troubleshooting/repair 
    a
     J
  -
     0
instructions.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
12.1   Required Troubleshooting Equipment and
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
Tools
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
Before attempting any troubleshooting procedures, ensure that the personnel
     1
     4 assigned to the job have the required troubleshooting equipment and tools listed
     D
     I
     h in the VSD Tools Kit (p/n 100072064).
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
12.2    Capturing Drive Data
     l
     E
     d
    e The  fi rst steps in starting up or troubleshooting a VSD system are to capture all
    m
     h equipment and personnel contact data from the drive system.
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E 1.  Save the UniConn .ste   file.
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-2 

2.  Refer to B-2 Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 1 of 2) for the
required information to be saved about the VSD and system.

These are essential tools in troubleshooting the drive and are necessary for the
problem identification. Refer to this data when contacting EPC engineering or 
InTouch Support for further assistance.

     7 Note
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : If the drive you are troubleshooting fails or does not perform as expected,
     2
     2 complete the questions found on In Touch 4202020 and contact InTouch Support
     1
     1
     0
     2
for assistance.
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
12.3   Pre-Power up Checks
     d
    e
    c
    u Perform the following checks before applying any power to the drive.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 Potential Severity: Major 
     8
     4 Potential Loss: Personnel, Reputation
     6
     1
    : Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives
     D
     I
     U
     S Use appropriate lockout/tag out procedures (refer to InTouch ID 3827719) to
     M
     D ensure that VSD power is OFF before proceeding with the following checks
     E
     \
     1 and procedures.
     1
     0
     2
  - Use a VOM to verify that ALL power is OFF on the VSD, including
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
• Incoming lines (if unit is a 12-pulse, check two sets of incoming lines) at the
    e
     t
    a bottom of the circuit breaker 
     D
    e
    s
    a
• Motor terminals
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ • The DC bus.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 1.  Verify that the board numbers, switch settings, and jumper settings are
     7
     9
     1 correct for the application and that CPT(s) have connections made to the
     4
     D
     I proper taps for the application. Use the drawings as reference.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i Note
    r
     d
    a Pay special attention to the setting for the ST-CC jumper in S3 drives. See
     K
  -
     l
     E InTouch ID 4027175 for more details.
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-3 

2.  Verify that the MST (initial charge timer) is set to 0.3 to 1.0 seconds (if 
applicable).
3.  Verify all connectors are properly plugged in.
4.  Inspect the DC bus capacitors. Make sure they are not leaking oil, show
bulges, or that the vent plug is opened.
5.  Inspect MS1 (initial charge contactor) contacts (if possible) by checking
under the cover.
     7
     3
    : 6.  Check the tightness on all cable and bus connections.
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
7.  Perform a thorough visual check of all drive components. Ensure that the
     1 installer did not bend resistors or break any components on the circuit boards.
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b 8.  Ensure that the drive is clean and free of debris, dust, cobwebs, etc.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 9.  Check all fuses before power-up. A blown fuse indicates a possible problem
    :
     d
    e in this circuit. Do not just replace the fuse. Check fuses and main wiring
    c
    u
     d connections for loose components and connections. Tighten if necessary.
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 10. Confirm proper grounding of all appropriate items.
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
11. Ensure that a RS232 communication cable for the S3 or Category-5 (CAT5)
     8
     4
     6
communication cable for the S7+ has been installed from the UniConn to
     1
    : the VSD.
     D
     I
     U
     S 12. If analog signals are used in the application, ensure that there are no
     M
     D grounds present to interrupt the signals. No resistance to ground should be
     E
     \
     1 detected. The analog signals are found on the HMI/UniConn controllers.
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n 13. Confirm that step-up transformer taps are consistent with motor data and
    a
     J
  - cable data. Record data in  Table 12-1: Step-Up Transformer/Motor/Cable
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
Data Confirmation.
    a
     D
    e Table 12-1: Step-Up Transformer/Motor/Cable Data Confirmation
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e Item   Data (write in) Comments
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ Tap Setting
     6
     0
     0 Output Voltage
     7
     9
     1 Cable Size (AWG)
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u 14. Confirm that no grounds exist on the step-up transformer primary and
    o
     T
    n
     I secondary. Also ensure that no cable resistance to ground exists. Record
     \
     i
    r
     d data in Table 12-2: Step-Up Transformer and Cable Resistances.
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d Table 12-2: Step-Up Transformer and Cable Resistances
    e
    m
     h
     A Item   Data (write in) Comments
     \
     C
     P Resistance at primary (ohms)
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-4 

Item   Data (write in) Comments


Resistance at secondary
(ohms)
Cable Resistance (ohms)

15. Check the resistance of the motor with the cable for balance. To do this, the
cable must be disconnected from the transformer.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
Tip
    :
     2 Do not reconnect the step-up transformer to the cable at this time. The drive
     2
     1
     1
     0
will be run without the motor in upcoming startup procedures.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
12.4   Main Power Circuit Component Checks
     d
    e
    c
    u Perform the following checks to ensure proper function of the main power circuit
     d
    o
    r
     P
components.
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4 Potential Severity: Major 
     6
     1 Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
    :
     D
     I Hazard Category: Electrical
     U
     S
     M Turn all power OFF and use lockout/tagout procedure (refer to InTouch ID
     D
     E
     \
     1 3827719) before making changes to transformer taps or connecting wires to
     1
     0 components.
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
12.4.1   Main Power Circuit Checks
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l 1.  Use a VOM to ensure that the DC bus capacitors have been completely
    e
     R
     \ discharged.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
2.  Remove the input power fuses and test them.
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
Tip
    u
    o
     T
Do not completely believe the "Tell-Tale" signs on the fuses for fuse condition.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
Disconnect and measure fuses.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 3.  Carefully disassemble the drive to the level of exposing the main power 
     d
    e circuit components.
    m
     h
     A
     \ 4.  Give all drive components a thorough visual inspection and ensure that no
     C
     P parts are broken or damaged.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-5 

5.  Use a VOM to test the following main circuit components:

Potential Severity: Major 


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel, Reputation
Hazard Category: Electrical, Explosives, Machinery equipment hand tools

Danger: Be aware that not only is there still voltage located at the line
side of the input circuit breakers, but that there is also voltage at the 120
     7 V receptacle located on the front of the drive, where applicable. This is
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : convenient for the use of tools and laptop but caution must be exercised
     2
     2 when checking components near the circuit for the receptacle, including
     1
     1
     0 CPT2. Please see manufacturer drawing I808xx08 for details on the circuit
     2
  -
     b
    e
components. The fused disconnect switch, FDSW, can be opened for safety,
     F
  -
     1 however there will still be 480 VAC located at the line side of the circuit
     0
    : breaker and the disconnect switch.
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
• control power fuses including the fuses for the 120 V power receptacle
     \
     1
     2
     6 • DC bus fuse(s)
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
• sinewave   filter fuses and fuse switches (if applicable)
     6
     1
    : • softstart resistor. Refer to the appropriate drawing for resistor value
     D
     I
     U
     S • discharge resistor R22-Manually push in MS2 to take reading (if 
     M
     D applicable)
     E
     \
     1
     1 • thermistor (should read 18 to 24 kohms at room temperature)
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J • DC bus capacitors-Check the charge and discharge rate of the capacitors
  -
     0
     2
    :
and ensure that the charge rate is faster than discharge. Use the diode
    e
     t
    a mode of the VOM to charge the capacitors and DC volts to discharge.
     D
    e
    s
    a 6.  Verify the DIP switch settings on the Interface Board for double and triple
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
inverter drives. Refer to the manufacturer’s drawing 1808xx29 for details, or 
     1
 .
     3
     \
InTouch ID 4898039.
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
12.4.1.1   Checking Input Diodes (In Circuit)
     I
     h
    c
    u This section describes how to test the input diodes while they are still included
    o
     T
    n
     I in the drive’s circuits.
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
Note
    m The charging indication displayed on the VOM is caused by the charging action
     h
     A
     \
     C of   the DC bus  fi lter capacitors through the forward-biased diode.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-6 

Set the VOM to the diode function. Refer to Table 12-3: Input diode test reading
(diode in circuit) for VOM connection points and readings while the diodes are
still in the circuit.

Table 12-3: Input diode test reading (diode in circuit)

Meter (+) Meter (-)   Reading


DC Bus +   Input R   Charging
DC Bus + Input S Charging
     7
     3
    : DC Bus + Input T Charging
     1
     2
    :
     2 Input R DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     2
     1
     1 Input S DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     0
     2
  -
     b Input T   DC Bus + 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
    e
     F
  -
     1 DC Bus -   Input R   0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
     0
    :
     d DC Bus - Input S 0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
    e
    c
    u
     d DC Bus -   Input T   0 .2 to 0 .6 volts DC
    o
    r
     P
     \ Input R   DC Bus - Charging
     1
     2
     6 Input S DC Bus - Charging
     0
     2
     7
     8 Input T   DC Bus - Charging
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U If necessary, refer to 12.4.1.2: Checking Input Diodes (isolated from circuit)
     S
     M
to test diodes further.
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
12.4.1.2    Checking Input Diodes (isolated from circuit)
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : This section describes how to test the input diodes (rectifiers) if some problem
    e
     t
    a was discovered while testing them in the circuit. Refer to Figure 12-1: Diode test
     D
    e points for test point location and to the table for values that should be read on
    s
    a
    e
     l the VOM. Use the diode tester function of the VOM.
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0 Note
     0
     7
     9 Testing the diodes isolated from the circuit helps avoid any interference from
     1
     4
     D
     I
other connected components such as the DC link capacitors. Any charging
     h display on the VOM is the result of the DC link capacitors trying to charge from
    c
    u
    o the voltage applied to them from the meter.
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-7 

1   2 3

Figure 12-1: Diode test points

Meter (+) Lead Meter (-) Lead Meter Reading Meter Reading
(diode removed (diode in circuit)
     7
     3
    : from circuit)
     1
     2
    :
     2 2 1   0.2 to 0.6 volts DC 0.2 to 0.6 volts DC
     2
     1 2 3   OL   charging
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b 3 2   0.2 to 0.6 volts DC 0.2 to 0.6 volts DC
    e
     F
  -
     1
1 2 OL charging
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
12.4.1.3   Checking IGBTs (In Circuit)
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0 This section describes how to test the IGBTs while they are installed in their 
     2
     7
     8 operating circuit.
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S Note
     M
     D Charging indication is due to the charging action of the DC Bus   filter capacitors
     E
     \
     1 through the forward biased freewheeling diode across the opposite IGBT.
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J Refer to Table 12-4: VOM Connection Points and Readings for VOM connection
  -
     0 points and readings.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D Table 12-4: VOM Connection Points and Readings
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e Meter + Meter - Reading
     R
     \
     1
 . DC Bus + Output U Charging
     3
     \
     6 DC Bus + Output V Charging
     0
     0
     7
     9 DC Bus + Output W Charging
     1
     4
     D
     I Output U   DC Bus +   0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
     h
    c Output V DC Bus + 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I Output W DC Bus + 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
     \
     i
    r
     d DC Bus - Output U 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E DC Bus - Output V 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
     d
    e DC Bus - Output W 0.2 - 0.6 volts DC
    m
     h
     A
     \ Output U DC Bus - Charging
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-8    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-8 

Meter + Meter - Reading


Output V DC Bus - Charging
Output W DC Bus - Charging

If the readings are as in the table proceed to 12.4.1.5: Control Power Supply
Checks. Otherwise, troubleshoot as in 12.4.1.4: Checking Single—Transistor 
IGBTs.

     7 For a drive with a double or triple inverter (518 kVA and above) check resistors
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : RS1 (10 ohm) in U, V, W phases and resistors RP and RN (25 ohm) in U, V, W
     2
     2 phase. Refer to Table 12-5: Resistor Values to be Checked if Bad IGBT Was
     1
     1
     0
     2
Found, if they are found not within spec they must be replaced. See drawing set
  -
     b provided with the drive for more details.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 Table 12-5: Resistor Values to be Checked if Bad IGBT Was Found
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u Resistor Rated value Measured Value
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \ RPU   25ohm ±5%
     1
     2
     6 RNU   25 ohm +/-5%
     0
     2
     7 RPV   25 ohm ±5%
     8
     4
     6
     1 RNV   25 ohm ±5%
    :
     D
     I
     U RPW   25 ohm ±5%
     S
     M RNW   25 ohm ±5%
     D
     E
     \
     1 RS1U 10 ohm ±10%
     1
     0
     2
  - RS1AU 10 ohm ±10%
    n
    a
     J
  - RS1V 10 ohm ±10%
     0
     2
    :
    e RS1AV 10 ohm ±10%
     t
    a
     D RS1W 10 ohm ±10%
    e
    s
    a RS1AW 10 ohm ±10%
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
Note
     4
     D
If an IGBT is found damaged or failed, all IGBTs in the phase must be replaced.
     I
     h
    c
The gain codes on the IGBTs in parallel must match and can only be off by
    u
    o
     T
one if in series.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
The associated gate protect board and snubber boards (two part numbers per 
     d
    a
     K
phase) in the phase must also be replaced.
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-9   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-9

The gate drive board should be inspected for damage, if an indication of damage
is seen this board should also be changed.

For drives with double or triple inverters (518 kVA and above) check resistors
RS1 (10 ohm) in U, V, W phases and resistors RP and RN (25 ohm) in U, V,W
phase. Refer to Table 12-5: Resistor Values to be Checked if Bad IGBT Was
Found, if they are found not within spec they must be replaced.

     7
12.4.1.4   Checking Single—Transistor IGBTs
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 This section gives step-by-step procedures on how to test a single-transistor type
     2
     1
     1
IGBT removed from its operating circuit.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e 1.  Attach the VOM leads as shown in the corresponding schematic and table.
     F
  -
     1
     0
Use the diode function of the VOM for this test.
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h Figure 12-2: Single-Transistor IGBT Block Diagram and Schematic
     A
     \
     C (module MG500Q1US11 shown)
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-10    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-10 

Table 12-6: Single-transistor test connection points and values

Meter Lead Connection Points   Meter Display


NEG POS   Reading
C   E 0.2 to 0.6
E C OL (charging)
B C OL
C B OL
     7
     3
    : B E   OL
     1
     2
    :
     2 E B   OL
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
2.  Ensure that the VOM readings match or approximate those shown in Table
    e
     F
  - 12-6: Single-transistor test connection points and values.
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
Note
     1
     2
     6
If an IGBT is found damaged or failed, the associated gate protect board,
     0
     2
     7
snubber boards (two part numbers per phase) and gate driver board in the phase
     8
     4
     6
must be replaced.
     1
    : For drives with double or triple inverters (518 kVA and above) check resistors RS1
     D
     I
     U (typically 10 ohm) in U, V, W phases and resistors RP and RN (typically 25 ohm)
     S
     M in U, V,W phase. If these resistors are not within spec they must be replaced.
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
12.4.1.5    Control Power Supply Checks
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0 Perform the following checks to ensure that the drive’s control circuits and power 
     2
    :
    e
     t supplies are operating properly.
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e Control Power Supply Check Procedure
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ 1.  Remove the input fuses (if they are not already removed).
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
2.  Make sure the control-power leads are attached to the bus bars on the load 
     1
     4 side of the input circuit breaker, ahead of the input fuses.
     D
     I
     h 3.  Jumper the fuse indicator circuit to complete the circuit (if applicable).
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
4.  Remove the MST timer (applicable for double and triple inverter drives).
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
5.   Disconnect the fan circuit (CN11 in any VSD and the wire from terminal A or 
  -
     l
     E C on the Terminal board only in S7+/ST7 VSD) to reduce noise while testing.
     d
    e
    m
     h
6.   Temporarily defeat the door interlock switches (if applicable).
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-11   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-11

Potential Severity: Major 


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Electrical

High voltage (480 volts) will be turned ON for the next phase of testing. Keep
hands, tools, and personnel in the area away from high voltage risk areas.

7.  When all connections are safely completed from Steps 1  through 6  above,
     7 close the Main Circuit Breaker (MCCB1).
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 8.  Make sure any power LEDs on the gate drive board are illuminated.
     2
     1
     1 9.  Verify no DC Bus Voltage.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e 10. Use the VOM to make sure the control power transformer(s) (CPT1 and
     F
  -
     1 possibly an additional CPT) are functioning properly.
     0
    :
     d
    e 11. The display on the Toshiba G3 keypad should be   flashing   DC bus
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
undervoltage  and on G7 keypad it should be   flashing  Moff, on the
     P
     \
     1 UniConn display it’ll be   flashing  VSD_DC_UV .
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6 Potential Severity: Serious
     1
    :
     D
     I Potential Loss: Assets, Reputation
     U Hazard Category: Electrical, Machinery equipment hand tools
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \ DO NOT touch pins on the S3 VSD Terminal Board together.
     1
     1 DO NOT touch pins on the S7+ or ST7 VSD Control Board together.
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - 12. Check and ensure that all power supplies are working properly. Use a VOM
     0
     2
    : to check the power supplies (+5 V, +15 V, -15 V, +24 V).
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e a.   In S3 VSD to ensure your readings correspond use the test points shown
    s
    a in Table 12-7: S3 VSD Control power supplies test points and readings
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
and Figure 12-3: S3 VSD Terminal Board (control power test points).
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-12    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-12 

P15 (+15)  N15 (-15)

P5 (+5)

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Figure 12-3: S3 VSD Terminal Board (control power test points)
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S Table 12-7: S3 VSD Control power supplies test points and readings
     M
     D
     E
     \ Power Supply Permissible Test Point Probe Test Point Common
     1
     1 (nominal volts) Voltage Range
     0
     2
  -
    n
(volts DC)
    a
     J
  -
     0
+15 14.4 to 15.6 P15 see Figure 12-4   Terminal CC
     2
    :
    e
     t -15 -14.4 to -15.6 N15 see Figure 12-4   Terminal CC
    a
     D
    e +5 4.8 to 5.2 P5 see Figure 12-4   Terminal CC
    s
    a
    e
     l +24 21 to 27   Across P24 RES
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-13    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-13 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d Figure 12-4: S3 VSD Terminal Test Points
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6 b.   In S7+ and ST7 VSD to ensure your readings correspond use the test
     0
     2
     7 points shown in Table 12-8: S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test
     8
     4
     6 points and readings and  Figure 12-5: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board
     1
    : (control power test points).
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
Figure 12-5: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Board (control power test points)
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-14    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-14 

Table 12-8: S7+ and ST7 control power supplies test points and readings

Power Supply Permissible Test Point Probe   Test Point Common


(nominal volts) Voltage Range
(volts DC)
+15 14.4 to 15.6 P15 see Figure 12-6   Terminal CC
-15 –14.4 to –15.6 N15 see Figure 12-6   Terminal CC
+5   4.8 to 5.2 P5 see Figure 12-6   Terminal CC
+24 21 to 27 P24 see Figure 12-6   Terminal CC
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Figure 12-6: S7+ and ST7 VSD Control Test Points
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S .
     M
     D
     E
     \ 13. If the checks above are good, proceed to the next step. Otherwise, trace
     1
     1
     0 the signals back as follows:
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
a.   In S3 VSD through the Gate Drive Board and Interface Board as shown
     0
     2
    : in Table 12-10, Figure 12-7 and  Table 12-9.
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l Note
    e
     R
     \ The check through the S3 VSD Interface Board is applicable for double
     1
 .
     3
     \ and triple units only.
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9 Table 12-9: S3 VSD Gate Drive Board (42755) Test Point Readings
     1
     4
     D
     I Power Supply Positive (+) Meter  Negative (-) Meter  Reading
     h
    c Lead Lead
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I P24 IC1–I IC1–Screw, see Figure 21 to 27 volts DC
     \
     i
    r 12-7
     d
    a
     K
  - P15
     l   IC1–O IC1–Screw see Figure 14.5 to 15.5 volts DC
     E
     d 12-7
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-15    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-15 

Power Supply Positive (+) Meter  Negative (-) Meter  Reading


Lead Lead
N15 IC2–O IC1–Screw, see Figure -14.4 to -15.5 volts DC
12-7
P5 Net 1–1   IC1–Screw, see Figure 4.8 to 5.2 volts DC
12-7

Table 12-10: S3 VSD Interface Board (PC61910P109A) Test Point Readings (for double
and triple units only)
     7
     3
    :
     1 Power Supply Positive (+) Meter  Negative (-) Meter Lead Reading
     2
    :
     2 Lead
     2
     1
     1 P24   Across C1 capacitor 21 to 27 volts DC
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - P15   Across C3 capacitor 14.5 to 15.5 volts DC
     1
     0
    : N15   Across C5 capacitor -14.4 to -15.5 volts DC
     d
    e
    c P5   Across C4 capacitor 4.8 to 5.2 volts DC
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2 b.   In S7+ and ST7 VSD through the Gate Drive Board and Interface Board
     6
     0
     2 as shown in Table 12-12, Table 12-11, Figure 12-7 and  Figure 12-8.
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Table 12-11: S7+ and ST7 VSD Gate Drive Board (42755) Test Point Readings
    :
     D
     I
     U Power Supply Positive (+) Meter Lead Negative (-) Meter Lead   Reading
     S
     M
     D P24   IC1–I IC1–Screw, see Figure 21 to 27 volts DC
     E
     \
     1
12-7
     1
     0
     2
  -
P15   IC1–O IC1–Screw, see Figure 14.5 to 15.5 volts DC
    n 12-7
    a
     J
  -
     0 N15   IC2–O IC1–Screw, see Figure -14.4 to -15.5 volts DC
     2
    :
    e
     t 12-7
    a
     D
    e P5 Net 1–1 IC1–Screw, see Figure 4.8 to 5.2 volts DC
    s
    a 12-7
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-16    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-16 

Table 12-12: S7+ and ST7 VSD Interface Board (PC61910P120X, X=B, C, or D) Test Point
Readings

Power Supply Positive (+) Meter Lead Negative (-) Meter Lead   Reading
P24 P24 see Figure 12-8 OV reference
  point see 21 to 27 volts DC
Figure 12-8
P15 P15 see Figure 12-8   14.5 to 15.5 volts DC
N15 N15 see Figure 12-8   -14.4 to -15.5 volts DC
P5 P5M see Figure 12-8 4.8 to 5.2 volts DC
     7 P5A for Slave A, if 
     3
    :
     1 applicable, see Figure
     2
    :
     2 12-8
     2
     1 P5B for Slave B, if 
     1
     0 applicable, see Figure
     2
  -
     b 12-8
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-17    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-17 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E Figure 12-7: S3 & S7+ VSD Gate Driver Board Test Points
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-18    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-18 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6 Figure 12-8: S7+ and ST7 VSD Interface Board Test Points
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
12.4.1.6    HMI Power Supply Checks
     U
     S
     M
     D
For SpeedStar drives with a Reda HMI, refer to HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265,
     E
     \ HMI SpeedStar SWD InTouch ID 3860611 or  UniConn InTouch ID 3953183 for 
     1
     1
     0 power supply checks.
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
12.4.2    VSD Output Tests
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
The procedures in this subsection checks the VSD output pulses to make sure
     l
    e the drive is operating per specification. DC Undervoltage Detection must be
     R
     \
     1
 . disabled to defeat the   DC Undervoltage /Moff/VSD_DC_UV  warning and
     3
     \
     6 subsequent drive shutdown to perform this test.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h Potential Severity: Major 
    c
    u
    o Potential Loss: Assets, Reputation
     T
    n
     I Hazard Category: Electrical
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
Do not use any feature of Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection programming
     E
     d to do anything with the VSD other than temporarily placing the drive in TEST
    e
    m MODE as described in this procedure without specific authorization from Toshiba
     h
     A
     \ International Corporation. Unauthorized modification of Super-user parameters
     C
     P can lead to equipment damage.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-19   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-19

To perform the output tests described in this section, the DC Undervoltage


Detection must be disabled. You may disable the DC Undervoltage Detection
using the UniConn/Starview or Toshiba keypad included in the Table 12-13:
Super-user Reset-Required Parts. Refer to the correct procedure as follows.

Table 12-13: Super-user Reset-Required Parts

Part Number Description


1303148   Cable for connecting the diagnostic Toshiba G3 keypad to the S3
     7 SWD or SS2K+.
     3
    :
     1 1303130   Diagnostic G3 keypad for the SWD or SS2K+.
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
1303080   Metal case for the diagnostic G3 keypad for the SWD or SS2K+.
     1
     0
     2
  -
100334445   Diagnostic G7 keypad for the S7+ or ST7.
     b
    e
     F 100168361   Cable for connecting the diagnostic Toshiba G7 keypad to the S7+
  -
     1 or ST7 drive.
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \ 12.4.2.1   Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection (Super User Test
     1
     2
     6
     0
Mode)
     2
     7
     8
     4 Super User Test mode is a mode in which Toshiba drives will ignore DC bus
     6
     1
    : undervoltage and underload alarms. This is to be used during maintenance and
     D
     I
     U troubleshooting.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in SpeedStar S3 & S7+
     2
  -
    n VSD/SWD with UniConn/Starview (Super User Test Mode)
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : To place the VSD in Super User Test mode with UniConn controller perform
    e
     t
    a following steps:
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l 1.  In the main screen press MENU, then press SETUP.
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . 2.  There press NEXT until you see VSD SETTINGS on the screen and then
     3
     \
     6 press ADJ.
     0
     0
     7
     9 3.  Press PREV until the SUPER USER TEST MODE appears on the screen.
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
4.  Press EDIT and press ON.
    c
    u
    o 5.  Press ACCEPT.
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r 6.  Once the drive is in Super User Test mode, proceed to 12.4.2.2: Gate Drive
     d
    a
     K
  - Pulse Test.
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m To place the VSD in Super User Test mode with StarView perform following steps:
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P 1.  In StarView main screen choose VSD menu.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-20    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-20 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2 2.  Click on the Advanced button.
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e 3.  In Super User Test Mode choose ON to turn on the mode or OFF to turn it off.
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-21   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-21

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
4.  Click Yes to enter Super User Test Mode or No to cancel.
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C 5.  Once the drive is in SuperUser Test mode, proceed to 12.4.2.2: Gate Drive
     P
     E
    g Pulse Test.
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-22    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-22 

Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S3


VSD/SWD with Toshiba keypad (Super-user Mode)

Place the VSD in Super-user mode by performing the following steps:

1.  Program the VSD with the steps listed in Figure 12-9: Super-user mode
programming steps.
     7
     3
    :  Above is a list of parts required to enable Super-user mode on the VSD.
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-23    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-23 

DISPLAY DESCRIPTION

DC BU S UND E R V OLTAGE
 When Power is applied

Panel Control LED will


LOCAL
DC BU S UND E R V OLTAGE change state when key 
REMOTE is pressed unless
     7
     3
locked out
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2 READ DC BU S UND E R V OLTAGE Press this key the
     1  WRITE
     1 display will not change
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1 Press and hold the
     0 READ LOCAL GRO UP : SUPE RU SER
    :
     d  WRITE & REMOTE read/write key then
    e
    c
    u
press local/re mote
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2 READ 1st para meter of S uper
     6  WRITE
     0
     2
RAMF User is displayed
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
Test mode setting
     U TEST address shown
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 READ Displays value in test
     2
  -  WRITE
    n 0 mode
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a Change value to a 1 to
     D
    e
    s
1 activate test mode
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ Test and 1 flash to
     1
 . READ
     3
     \ show test mode is
     6  WRITE TEST 1
     0
     0 activated
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I OUTPUT FREQUENCY  Returns to normal
     h PRG
    c
    u
0.0HZ display 
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
To reactivate DC U V turn off power and then re-energize
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d Figure 12-9: Super-user mode programming steps
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \ 2.  Once the drive is in Super-user mode, proceed to   12.4.2.2: Gate Drive
     C
     P Pulse Test.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-24    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-24 

Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S7+ and


VariStar ST7 VSD/SWD with Toshiba Keypad (Super-user Mode)

1.  Disable the DC Undervoltage Detection (MOff) as follows:


(If any of the values are already changed, press ENTER, down, up, ENTER
to activate.)

     7
a. Press the Program/Monitor Button two times to get to programming.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : b. Scroll to EOI OPTION SETUPS and press ENTER.
     2
     2
     1 i.  Scroll up to LOCKOUT and press ENTER.
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b ii.  Scroll up to PASSWORD and press ENTER.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 iii. Highlight the number box and press ENTER.
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
iv. Give the Password 13, ENTER, ENTER, 15, ENTER, ENTER, 12,
     d
    o
    r ENTER.
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
v.  Press ESC three times.
     0
     2
     7
     8
c. Scroll up to DIRECT ACCESS and press ENTER.
     4
     6
     1
    : i.  Highlight the box and place a checkmark in the UNKNOWN
     D
     I
     U NUMBERS OK box. (If unable to go to FB91, cycle power and start
     S
     M over.)
     D
     E
     \
     1 ii.  Change FB91   ⇒  251, ESC
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n iii. Change FB90   ⇒  1, ESC.
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
iv. Change FA82 ⇒  4, ESC.
    :
    e
     t
    a v.   Change FA83   ⇒  2.
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
d. Press ESC   five times, or until back at normal display screen and
     l
    e MOff should no longer be displayed.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ 2.  Once DC Undervoltage Detection is disabled, proceed to  12.4.2.2: Gate
     6
     0
     0
     7
Drive Pulse Test.
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c Disabling the DC Undervoltage Detection in the SpeedStar S3 VSD
    u
    o
     T with HMI (Super-user Mode)
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a Refer to HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265 or HMI SpeedStar SWD InTouch ID
     K
  -
     l 3860611 for placing the VSD in Super-user Mode with the HMI.
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-25    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-25 

12.4.2.2    Gate Drive Pulse Test

Hint
The terms base and gate are used interchangeably to describe the Base Drive
Board or Gate Drive Board.
     7
     3
    :  After the VSD is in Super-user mode, perform the following steps to check and
     1
     2
    :
     2 verify proper waveform of the pulses at the output of the Gate Drive Board.
     2
     1
     1
     0 1.  Run the VSD at 60 Hz.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d Potential Severity:   Major 
    e
    c
    u Potential Loss:   Personnel
     d
    o
    r Hazard Category:   Electrical
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
Some test points on the Gate Drive Board are energized. Keep hands and
     2
     7
     8
tools clear of possible shock hazards including the input breaker terminals.
     4
     6
     1
    : 2.  Use an oscilloscope to check the waveform. Refer to Table 12-14: Gate
     D
     I
     U Drive Board output test points for the Gate Drive Board output points. Make
     S
     M sure the scope is in DC input mode. The waveform should read 30 volts peak
     D
     E
     \ to peak (+15 to -15 volts) PWM square wave as shown in Figure 12-10:
     1
     1
     0
     2
Gate Drive Board waveform.
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - Table 12-14: Gate Drive Board output test points
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a Transistor Probe   Common
     D
    e
    s IGBT1 CNU-1 CNU-3
    a
    e
     l
    e IGBT3 CNV-1 CNV-3
     R
     \
     1
 . IGBT4 CNW-1 CNW-3
     3
     \
     6
     0 IGBT5 CNX-1 CNX-3
     0
     7
     9 IGBT6 CNY-1 CNY-3
     1
     4
     D
     I IGBT2   CNZ-1   CNZ-3
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-26    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-26 

OR

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : R R
     2
     2
     1 Figure 12-10: Gate Drive Board waveform.   left   fi gure vertical scale = 5 volts
     1
     0
     2
  -  per division, horizontal scale = 2 ms per division; right   fi gure vertical scale = 5 
     b
    e volts per division, horizontal scale 5 ms per division
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
Refer to Figure 12-11: Gate Drive Board Connections for a diagram showing
    e
    c
    u
phase points and lead connections for the oscilloscope.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-27    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-27 

CNU-1   CNU-3

CNU CNU-1

     7
     3
    :
     1 CNV-1   CNV-3
     2
    :
     2
     2

CNV
     1
     1 Notice that BOTH
     0
     2
  - signals from the CNV-1
     b
    e master and the
     F
  -
     1 slave(s) are synchronized
     0
    :
     d
with each other. It is   CNW-3
    e VERY important that CNW-1
    c
    u they match exactly.
CNW
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 CNW-1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4   CNX-3
     6 CNX-1
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
CNX CNX-1
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - CNY-3
    n CNY-1
    a
     J
  -
     0

CNY
     2
    :
    e
     t CNY-1
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e CNZ-3
     R CNZ-1
     \
     1
 .

CNZ
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 CNZ-1
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u Figure 12-11: Gate Drive Board Connections
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
3.  If the signal looks identical to the previous waveform example, proceed
     K
  -
     l directly to the 12.4.2.4: Reduced Output Voltage Test section. Otherwise,
     E
     d
    e
replace the Gate Drive Board or if you have a double or triple inverter S3
    m VSD or any S7+/ST7 VSD you can proceed to 12.4.2.3: Gate Drive Pulse
     h
     A
     \
     C Troubleshooting Procedures.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-28    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-28 

12.4.2.3   Gate Drive Pulse Troubleshooting Procedures

Note
This procedure doesn’t apply to the S3 single inverter VSD.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : Note
     2
     2
     1 You may need to remove the Interface Board while keeping it connected in order 
     1
     0 to get access to the points specified below.
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
1.  Verify if the signal is present at entrance to Gate Drive Board (R1 through R6
    :
     d
    e
with refer ence to IC1–Screw CC). Results should be similar to the waveform
    c
    u
     d
in Figure 12-12: Waveform-signals leaving Interface board.
    o
    r
     P
     \ 2.  If the signal is good at the input but bad at the output, replace the Gate
     1
     2
     6
     0
Drive Board.
     2
     7
     8
     4
3.  If the signal is bad, check the following:
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
a.  In the S3  VSD  see if the signal is leaving the Interface Board by checking
     U the signal at R2 through R7 (master), R18 through R23 (slave A, if 
     S
     M applicable), and R30 through R35 (slave B, if applicable). All signals
     D
     E
     \
     1 reference the left side of capacitor C4. The signal should look identical to
     1
     0 Figure 12-12: Waveform-signals leaving Interface board and approximate
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
amplitude of the waveform should be from 4 to 5 volts.
  -
     0
     2
    : b.  In the S7+ and ST7 VSD see if the signal is leaving the Interface Board
    e
     t
    a by checking the signal at R24 through R29 (master), R8 through R13
     D
    e
    s (slave A, if applicable), and R14 through R19 (slave B, if applicable).
    a
    e
     l
    e  All signals reference to OV on the bottom of the Interface Board. The
     R
     \
     1
 .
signal (on one side of the resistor) should look identical to Figure 12-12:
     3
     \
     6 Waveform-signals leaving Interface board and approximate amplitude of 
     0
     0 the waveform should be from 4 to 5 volts.
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-29   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-29

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  - Figure 12-12: Waveform-signals leaving Interface board.  vertical scale = 2 
     1
     0 volts per division, horizontal scale = 5 ms per division
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
4.  If the signal is missing at the entrance to the Gate Drive Board but present at
    r
     P
     \ the output of the Interface Board, the problem is the cable.
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
5.  If the signal is missing at the output of the Interface Board, the problem is
     7
     8
     4
either the Control Board or Interface Board or the cable between. See the
     6
     1 appropriate schematics to trace the signal further.
    :
     D
     I
     U 6.  Turn power OFF.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 12.4.2.4   Reduced Output Voltage Test
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - This procedure tests the VSD at reduced voltage on the DC bus. Perform the
     0
     2
    :
    e following steps to test the drive:
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l Single Inverter Drives (66 to 518 kVA at 40 degC)
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ 1.  Main power should still be OFF.
     6
     0
     0 2.  Connect a 120 volts-AC-capable jumper (cheater cord) to two of the bus bars
     7
     9
     1 on the input of the rectifier.
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
3.  Connect the cheater cord to a Variac. The Variac should be set to zero
    u
    o
     T
volts output.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r 4.  Turn Main Power ON.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l 5.  Run the drive at 60 Hz.
     E
     d
    e
    m 6.  Slowly increase the Variac until the DC bus reads approximately 30 volts DC.
     h
     A
     \
     C 7.  Use an oscilloscope to observe waveform on the outputs U-V, V-W, U-W.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-30    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-30 

Note
For the SWD take the measurement before the   filter.

8.  Waveform should be 60 V peak to peak (+30 V peak  to -30 V peak) as shown
in Figure 12-13: Reduced output voltage waveform.

     7 T 
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : Figure 12-13: Reduced output voltage waveform.  vertical scale = 10 volts
     D
     I
     U  per division, horizontal scale = 5 ms per division
     S
     M
     D 9.  Decrease Variac setting back to zero volts output.
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 10. Turn power OFF.
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t Double or Triple Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA)
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
1.  Output waveform test at CN1B:
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ a. S3 VSD: With input power off, leave CN1B connected and disconnect
     1
 .
     3
     \ CN1C (and CN1D, if applicable).
     6
     0
     0
     7 b. S7+ and ST7 VSD: With input power off, leave CN1B connected and
     9
     1 disconnect CN1A (and CN1C, if applicable).
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
2.  Connect a 120 volt-AC-capable jumper (cheater cord) to two of the bus bars
    u
    o
     T on the input of the rectifier. Connect the cheater cord to a Variac. The Variac
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
should be set to zero (0) volts output.
     d
    a
     K
  - 3.  Apply input power and disable the DC Undervoltage Detection again.
     l
     E
     d
    e 4.  Run the drive at 60 Hz.
    m
     h
     A
     \ 5.  Slowly increase the Variac until the DC bus reads approximately 30 volts DC.
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-31   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-31

6.  Use an oscilloscope to observe the waveform on the outputs U-V, V-W, U-W.
The waveform should be approximately 60 V peak  to peak (+30 V peak  to -30
Vpeak ) as shown in Figure 12-14: Reduced output voltage waveform.

Note
For the SWD take the measurement before the   filter.

7.  Decrease Variac setting to 0 V.


     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
8.  Turn power OFF and wait for DC bus to discharge.
    :
     2
     2
     1
9.  Output waveform test at CN1C:
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b a. S3 VSD: Reconnect CN1C and disconnect CN1B (if the unit has three
    e
     F
  - power units, CN1D remains disconnected as well).
     1
     0
    :
     d b. S7+ and ST7 VSD: Reconnect CN1A and disconnect CN1B (if the unit
    e
    c
    u has three power units, CN1C remains disconnected as well).
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6 T 
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e Figure 12-14: Reduced output voltage waveform.  vertical scale = 10 volts
     R
     \
     1
 .  per division, horizontal scale = 5 ms per division
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 10. Apply input power and disable the DC Undervoltage Detection again.
     7
     9
     1
     4 11. Run the drive at 60 Hz.
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
12. Slowly increase the Variac until the DC bus reads approximately 30 volts DC.
    o
     T
    n
     I 13. Use an oscilloscope to observe the waveform on the outputs U-V, V-W, U-W.
     \
     i
    r
     d The waveform should be approximately 60 V peak  to peak (+30 V peak  to –30
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
V peak ) as shown in Figure 12-14: Reduced output voltage waveform.
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-32    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-32 

Note
For the SWD take the measurement before the   filter.

14. Decrease Variac setting to 0 V.


15. Turn power OFF and wait for DC bus to discharge.
16. Output waveform test at CN1C (triple inverter):
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
a. S3 VSD: If the unit has only two power units, reconnect CN1B again
    :
     2 and proceed to 12.4.2.5: Reduced Voltage Output Signal Timing Test for 
     2
     1
     1
     0
Double or Triple Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA). If the unit has three
     2
  -
     b power units, disconnect CN1C again, with CN1B still disconnected, and
    e
     F
  - reconnect CN1D.
     1
     0
    :
     d b. S7+ and ST7 VSD: If the unit has only two power units, reconnect CN1B
    e
    c
    u again and proceed to 12.4.2.5: Reduced Voltage Output Signal Timing
     d
    o
    r
     P
Test for Double or Triple Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA). If the unit has
     \
     1 three power units, disconnect CN1A again, with CN1B still disconnected,
     2
     6
     0 and reconnect CN1C.
     2
     7
     8
     4 17. Apply input power and disable the DC Undervoltage Detection again.
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I 18. Run the drive at 60 Hz.
     U
     S
     M 19. Slowly increase the Variac until the DC bus reads approximately 30 volts DC.
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
20. Use an oscilloscope to observe the waveform on the outputs U-V, V-W, U-W.
     0
     2
  - The waveform should be approximately 60 V peak  to peak (+30 V peak  to -30
    n
    a V peak ) as shown in Figure 12-14: Reduced output voltage waveform.
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e Note
    s
    a For the SWD take the measurement before the   filter.
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
21. Decrease the Variac setting to 0 V.
     6
     0
     0 22. Turn power OFF and wait for DC bus to discharge.
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
23. Ensure all the connections are properly plugged in:
     I
     h
    c a. S3 VSD: Reconnect CN1B and CN1C. All of CN1B, CN1C, and CN1D
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
should be connected.
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a b. S7+ and ST7 VSD: Reconnect CN1B and CN1A. All of CN1B, CN1CA,
     K
  -
     l
     E and CN1C should be connected.
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-33    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-33 

12.4.2.5    Reduced Voltage Output Signal Timing Test for Double or 
Triple Inverter Drives (518 to 1500 kVA)
The following test sequence is used to test the timing of reduced voltage output
to multiple VSD units. To test timing, perform the following steps:

1.  Turn Main Power ON and disable the DC Undervoltage Detection on the


     7 drive again.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 2.  Run the drive at 60 Hz.
     2
     1
     1 3.  Slowly increase the Variac until the DC Bus reads approximately 30 volts DC.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
4.  Use an oscilloscope to observe the waveform on the outputs U-V, V-W, and
  -
     1 U-W before the   filter (if applicable).
     0
    :
     d
    e 5.  The waveform should be 60 V peak to peak (+30 V peak  to -30 V peak) (refer 
    c
    u
     d to Figure 12-14: Reduced output voltage waveform). At this point in the
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
procedure, the outputs of both (or all three) power units are combined at the
     2
     6
     0
U, V, and W outputs.
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : Note
     D
     I
     U For the SWD take the measurement before the   filter.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
Note
     J
  -
     0 Note the appearance of the PWM signal with respect to the waveform, just as
     2
    :
    e
     t you did earlier observing the output of a single power unit. The signal should
    a
     D be stable, with little indication that the waveform now displayed is actually
    e
    s the output of multiple power units overlaying one another on the screen. The
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
Inter face Board is responsible for creating multiple reproductions of the single
     \
     1
 . gate pulse signal originating on the Control Board. The Interface Board then
     3
     \
     6 routes these signals in phase with one another to their respective Gate Driver 
     0
     0
     7 Boar ds. Significant differences in timing between these multiple signals at the
     9
     1
     4 U, V, and W outputs may indicate a faulty Interface Board (its multiple Gating
     D
     I
     h Pulse outputs are out of phase) or a faulty Gate Driver Board (one board has
    c
    u a pr opagation delay time which is significantly different than the other(s)).
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d 6.  Decrease the Variac setting back to zero (0) volts output.
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 7.   Tur n power OFF and remove the cheater cord to the DC bus and the Variac
     d
    e
    m from the drive.
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-34    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-34 

12.4.2.6    Sequence Checks


The following checks test for proper operation of drive shunt trip, timed contactor 
sequences, door interlock, fuse indicator, fan circuits, and other timed and
monitored sequences. All sequences may not be applicable to every drive
application.

     7
     3
Perform the following checks:
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2 1.  Verify that the power is turned off and there is no voltage present on the
     2
     1
     1
     0
DC bus.
     2
  -
     b
    e 2.  Remove the Variac and cheater cord from the drive, if not already done.
     F
  -
     1
     0 3.  Reinstall the input fuses.
    :
     d
    e
    c 4.  Reinstall the MST timer, if applicable.
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \ 5.  Set the MST timer to minimum and apply power. The input circuit breaker 
     1
     2 should trip. Reset the circuit breaker and set the MST between 0.3 and 1.0
     6
     0
     2 seconds.
     7
     8
     4
     6 6.  Apply power and ensure that MS2 picks up. Approximately one second later,
     1
    :
     D
     I MS1 should close.
     U
     S
     M 7.  If applicable, test the blown fuse indicator circuit by pulling the tab on one of 
     D
     E
     \ the indicators. The input circuit breaker should trip.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
8.  Reset the input circuit breaker and, if applicable, remove the device defeating
    n
    a
     J the door switch interlock. Turn main power ON. Test the door switch interlock
  -
     0 circuit by opening the drive enclosure door. The input circuit breaker should
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a trip.
     D
    e
    s
    a
9.  Reset the input circuit breaker. Reconnect CN11 and in the S7+/ST7 VSD
    e
     l
    e the wire to the A or C terminal on the Terminal Board, apply power, and test
     R
     \
     1
 . the fan circuit by running the drive.
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
10.  Test all remaining sequences (differs by application/jobsite).
     7
     9
     1 11. With power ON, program the correct parameters for the application into
     4
     D
     I the VSD.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
12.4.2.7    Full Output Voltage Test (without Motor)
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E This test checks the VSD for proper operation without a load (motor) attached.
     d
    e
    m
Perform the following steps:
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-35    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-35 

1.  Run the drive at 20 Hz. With a VOM (set to AC voltage mode) Verify that the
voltages between the three outputs (U-V, V-W, and U-W) are balanced (for 
SWD, take the reading before the sine wave  fi lter). Because the drive signal
is PWM instead of sinusoidal, a VOM set to AC volts may not read accurately,
but all three outputs should give the same reading.
2.  For SWD, also check at the output of the drive to make sure the sine wave
filter is working correctly.

3.  Run the drive up to 60 Hz. With a VOM (set to AC voltage mode) check to
     7
     3
    : see that the voltages between the three outputs (U-V, V-W, and U-W) are
     1
     2
    :
     2 balanced (for SWD, take reading before the   filter). Because the drive signal
     2
     1
     1
is PWM instead of sinusoidal, a VOM set to AC volts may not read accurately,
     0
     2
  - but all three outputs should give the same reading.
     b
    e
     F
  - 4.  For SWD, also check at the output of the drive to make sure the sine wave
     1
     0
    : filter is working correctly.
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
5.  Verify the output waveform (at U-V, V-W, and U-W) with an oscilloscope. The
    o
    r
     P
waveform should look similar to one of the full voltage test waveforms (no
     \
     1 motor load) in the Figure 12-15: Full voltage test waveform (no motor load).
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 should look similar to one of the ones below.
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \ OR
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a R ef olt ms R ef olt ms
     D
    e
    s Figure 12-15: Full voltage test waveform (no motor load).   left  fi gure vertical scale
    a
    e
     l
    e = 200 volts per division, horizontal scale = 5 ms per division; right  fi gure vertical scale
     R
     \
     1 = 200 v olts per division, horizontal scale = 2 ms per division
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
6.  For SWD, also verify the waveform at the output of the drive to make sure
     9
     1
     4
the sine wave  fi lter is working correctly. The waveform should look similar to
     D
     I Figure 12-16: SWD full voltage test waveform at the output.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-36    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-36 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0 1) Ref A: 200 Volt 5 ms
     2
  -
     b Figure 12-16: SWD full voltage test waveform at the output.   left   fi gure vertical 
    e
     F
  -
     1 scale = 200 volts per division, horizontal scale = 5 ms per division
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c 7.  Turn power OFF.
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0 12.4.2.8    Full Output Voltage Test (with Motor)
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
This test checks the VSD for proper operation with a load (motor) attached.
    :
     D
     I
Perform the following steps:
     U
     S
     M
     D
1.  Ensure all power is OFF. Reconnect the motor leads to the drive output lugs.
     E
     \
     1 2.  Apply power and run the drive at 20 Hz. Monitor load current on the front
     1
     0
     2
  - (motor controller) display.
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0 3.  Run the drive up to 60 Hz.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a 4.  Use a clamp-on ammeter to check for balanced current load between the
     D
    e
    s
power units if you have a double or triple inverter SpeedStar drive (518 to
    a
    e
     l 1500 kVA).
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . 5.  Use a clamp-on ammeter to check for balanced current between the U, V,
     3
     \
     6
     0
and W outputs to the motor windings. Monitor the drive performance for a
     0
     7
     9
reasonable period of time to ensure proper operation.
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
12.5    Typeform Setup
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a The UniConn now has the ability to set the typeform for a 7 series drive
     K
  -
     l (VariStar/Titan, SWD S7+ and SS2K S7+).
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-37    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-37 

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

This operation must only be performed by qualified personnel since incorrectly


setting the typeform could cause injury to the equipment and/or operator.

     7
     3
    :
     1 Note
     2
    :
     2
     2 If an interface board is changed in the VSD, you may not be able to start
     1
     1 the VSD/UniConn and one or both of the following alarms may occur in the
     0
     2
  -
     b UniConn/StarView:
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0 • “BAD TF” – This means that the typeform is not supported by the UniConn.
    :
     d
    e This might occur when an interface board is changed in the VSD.
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \  – If this alarm is present, confirm that the typeform is incorrect and correct
     1
     2
     6 using the Typeform Setup procedure.
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
• “Diff. TF” – This means that the typeform recorded in the UniConn is different
     1
    : from the typeform read from the drive due to the interface board being
     D
     I
     U changed or the UniConn being moved to a different drive.
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \  – If this alarm is present due to a new interface board, correct the typeform
     1
     1 using the Typeform Setup procedure.
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
 – If this alarm is present due to the UniConn being moved to a different
  -
     0 UniConn, the UniConn’s history will have to be cleared in order to clear 
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a this alarm and allow the UniConn to work with a different VSD.
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l To set the typeform, StarView must be used as there is no provision to do it
    e
     R
     \ from the UniConn’s keypad.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-38    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-38 

1.  Click on the Advance button in the VSD section.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-39   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-39

2.  Click on the configure typeform button.

Tip
The UniConn must be in MANUAL OFF mode before the typeform can be set.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-40    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-40 

3.   You will be given a warning, accept the warning if you are qualified to do so.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-41   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-41

4.   Select the correct kVA for the VSD from the drop down list.

Tip
The list will be dependent on the type of drive selected. A VariStar/Titan will
have a different list than an S7+ drive.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-42    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-42 

5.   Confirm that you have selected the right kVA then click the Proceed button.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-43    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-43 

6.   If the typeform is different from what was previously recorded in the UniConn,
you will be given a warning.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-44    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-44 

7.   You will be prompted to wait 1 minute for the change to take effect.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-45    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-45 

8.   Once instructed, power down the VSD and UniConn for at least 5 minutes.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-46    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-46 

9.   Restore power to VSD and UniConn and confirm that the VSD is set to the
correct typeform.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
12.6    Super-user Resets
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
Note
     1
 .
     3  A Superuser Reset may be performed using the Toshiba keypad or the
     \
     6
     0 UniConn/StarView. This function is not possible using the HMI. This type of 
     0
     7
     9 reset is usually performed only when troubleshooting a VSD and should only
     1
     4
     D
be performed in the following events.
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
The super-user reset should be used in the event one or more of the following is
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
true for the application:
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l • The inverter control board is changed
     E
     d
    e
    m • The VSD is not operating as expected in reference to the proper output
     h
     A
     \ current.
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-47    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-47 

The super-user reset is used to return the VSD to the factory settings. This will
reset all of the programmed parameters in the VSD that are associated with the
inverter controls. These include but are not limited to:

• maximum output amperage


• volts-per-hertz settings (base speed)
• minimum frequency

     7
• maximum frequency
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : • start frequency
     2
     2
     1
     1 • acceleration rate (ramp frequency)
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
• deceleration rate.
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u Potential Severity: Serious
     d
    o
    r Potential Loss: Assets
     P
     \
     1 Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools
     2
     6
     0
     2 The super-user reset should only be performed by quali fied personnel; serious
     7
     8
     4 equipment damage may result if not done properly.
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S Refer to  Table 12-15: Superuser Reset-Required Parts for a list of the required
     M
     D parts or tools to perform the Super-user reset using the Toshiba keypad.
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 Table 12-15: Superuser Reset-Required Parts
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  - Part Number Description
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
1303148   Cable for connecting the diagnostic Toshiba G3 keypad to the S3
    a SWD or SS2K+.
     D
    e
    s 1303130 Diagnostic G3 keypad for the SWD or SS2K+.
    a
    e
     l
    e 1303080   Metal case for the diagnostic G3 keypad for the SWD or SS2K+.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
100716089   Toshiba G7/S7+/ST7 Diagnostic keypad kit with protective plate.
     6
     0 100168361   Cable for connecting the diagnostic Toshiba G7 keypad to the S7+
     0
     7
     9 or ST7 drive.
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
12.6.1   Performing a Reset Using the UniConn/StarView.
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
12.6.1.1   Reset to Factory Defaults with The UniConn
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
This parameter restores the controller in all the drives to the set point values it
     C
     P was shipped with. All user edits and con figuration changes are lost.
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-48    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-48 

To reset the VSD to Factory Defaults with the UniConn controller perform
following steps.

1.  In the Main screen press MENU, then press SETUP.


2.  Press NEXT until UNICONN appears on the screen and then press ADJ.
3.  Press NEXT until the RESET TO FACTORY DEFAULTS appears on the
screen.

     7
4.  Press EDIT and press YES and ACCEPT.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : 5.  Once the drive is reset to factory defaults, proceed to 12.6.1.2: Typeform
     2
     2 Reset with The UniConn.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
12.6.1.2    Typeform Reset with The UniConn
     0
    :
     d
    e This will reset the VSD to factory default settings to ensure the software
    c
    u
     d recognizes the inverter type. Perform this reset after a “Reset to Factory
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 Defaults”.
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 To reset typeform with the UniConn controller perform following steps.
     8
     4
     6
     1
    : 1.  In the main screen press MENU, then press SETUP.
     D
     I
     U
     S 2.  Press NEXT until VSD SETTINGS appears on the screen and then press
     M
     D  ADJ.
     E
     \
     1
     1 3.  Press PREV until the TYPEFORM RESET appears on the screen.
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J 4.  Press EDIT and scroll to INITIALIZE TYPEFORM with NEXT button.
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
5.  Press ACCEPT.
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e 12.6.1.3   Reset to Factory Defaults with StarView
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \ To reset the VSD to Factory Defaults using StarView software perform following
     6
     0
     0
     7
steps:
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
1.  In the StarView main screen choose VSD menu.
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-49   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-49

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2 2.  Choose Advance menu.
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e 3.   Click Factory Settings.
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-50    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-50 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
4.  Click OK to apply the settings or cancel to not proceed.
     D
     I
     U 5.  Once the drive has been reset to factory defaults, proceed to 12.6.1.2:
     S
     M Typeform Reset with The UniConn.
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
12.6.1.4   Typeform Reset with StarView
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
This will reset the VSD to factory default settings to ensure the software
    a
     D recognizes the inverter type. Perform this reset after a “Reset to Factory
    e
    s Defaults”.
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
To reset typeform with StarView perform steps 1  and  2  from above and check off 
     3
     \
     6 Initialize Type Form, Click OK or Apply.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
12.6.2    Performing a Reset Using the G3 Diagnostic Keypad
    c
    u
    o
     T To access the superuser mode, perform the following steps after cycling power 
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r to the drive.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 1.  Press and release the  LOCAL/REMOTE   key.
     d
    e
    m 2.  Press and release the  READ/WRITE   key.
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P 3.  Press and hold the  READ/WRITE   key and then press the LOCAL/REMOTE 
     E
    g
    n
key. Release both keys.
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-51   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-51

On the display, you should now see GROUP: SUPERUSER   followed by


RAMF .
If you do not see this, cycle the power to the drive and repeat steps 1 through
3.

12.6.2.1   Performing a Type 255 Reset

     7
The Type 255 reset is the superuser reset that will return all parameters (normal 
     3
    :
     1 and superuser ) their original factory settings.
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1 1.   With RAMF   displayed on the screen, press up the ARROW   key until TYP 
     0
     2
  - is displayed.
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
2.   Press  READ/WRITE   again to enter  TYP   mode.
     0
    :
     d 3.  Use the ARROW keys to change the current value to 255.
    e
    c
    u
     d 4.   Press READ/WRITE  to write the new value, the drive should display the word
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 INITIALIZING. The display is followed by an audible relay click. The drive
     2
     6
     0
should then default to OUTPUT FREQUENCY=0.0 Hz.
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U Note
     S
     M Occasionally the G3 will display an INVERTER TYPEFORM ERROR   following
     D
     E
     \ a superuser reset. Clear the fault normally as instructed on the screen and
     1
     1
     0 proceed with the next step of this procedure.
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
12.6.2.2    Performing a Typeform (Type 7) Reset
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D  After   performing a superuser reset of the VSD, it is necessary to perform an
    e
    s
    a inverter typeform reset (in standard programming mode) to ensure the software
    e
     l
    e recognizes the inverter type.
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
1.  Go into the  UTILITY PARAMETERS program group and scroll to the
     0
     7
     9
STANDARD SETTING MODE SELECTION  parameter.
     1
     4
     D
     I
2.  Enter the numeral 7 into this parameter. This will initialize a typeform reset.
     h  After the inverter displays  INITIALIZING, it will default back to  OUTPUT 
    c
    u
    o FREQUENCY=0.0 Hz . The entire drive memory is now reset back to factory
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i settings.
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
12.6.3   Performing a Reset Using the G7 Diagnostic Keypad
     h
     A
     \
     C To reset the VSD to Factory Defaults and reset the Typeform with the G7 keypad
     P
     E
    g perform the following (Both are reset in this one procedure).
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-52    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-52 

1.   From Program   ⇒  EOI Option Setups   ⇒  Lockout   ⇒  Password.

Note
If errors are made while entering the Password, press ESC to return back to
Program menu and restart from step 1.

2.  Press the Rotary Encoder   to highlight the Password   field and enter the


     7 password.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : a.  Using the Rotary Encoder , scroll to 13  and press the Rotary Encoder 
     2
     2
     1 twice.
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b b.  Scroll to 15 and press the Rotary Encoder   twice.
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
c.  Scroll to 12  and press the Rotary Encoder   once.
    :
     d
    e
    c
d.   Press ESC three times.
    u
     d
    o
    r 3.   From Program   ⇒  Direct Access, scroll to Unknown Numbers OK and
     P
     \
     1
     2
place a check in the box by selecting the box and then press the  Rotary
     6
     0
     2
Encoder   once. Press the Up Arrow once and then the Rotary Encoder .
     7
     8
     4
     6
4.  Scroll to the Parameter Number  fi eld. Press the Rotary Encoder  and scroll
     1
    : to FB91. Press the Rotary Encoder .
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
Note
     1
     1 If unable to access the Direct Access number   FB91, restart from step 1.
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
5.  Press the Rotary Encoder   and scroll to 251  (to enter the Super User mode).
     2
    :
    e
     t
Press the Rotary Encoder   and then press ESC.
    a
     D
    e 6.  Scroll to FF92 and press the Rotary Encoder . Press the Rotary Encoder 
    s
    a and scroll to the desired Type Code as indicated in  Table 12-19: S7+/ST7
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \ Typeform Codes (p. 12-57). Press the Rotary Encoder   and then ESC.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 7.  Scroll to FB04 and press the Rotary Encoder . Press the Rotary Encoder 
     0
     0 and scroll to 251.
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
8.  Press the Rotary Encoder   and the system will reset (the MS1 relay will
     I
     h
    c
make a clicking sound).
    u
    o
     T 9.   From  Program   ⇒  Utility Parameters   ⇒  Type Reset, press the Rotary
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r Encoder   at the Reset Type  fi eld and scroll to Restore Factory Defaults.
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l 10. Press the Rotary Encoder   and scroll down to the Reset button.
     E
     d
    e
    m 11. Press the Rotary Encoder .
     h
     A
     \
     C 12. At the Confirm Reset screen, press the Rotary Encoder .   Reset EOI
     P
     E Memory is briefly displayed and the system restarts.
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-53    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-53 

13. Upon a successful restart the user is queried for a Run The Wizard?
selection. Highlight I will Manually Configure.  Finish. and press the
Rotary Encoder .
14. At the Wizard: Finished screen, press the Rotary Encoder   (system returns
to the Frequency Command screen).

12.7    S3/S7+/VariStar 454 – 1500 kVA Dip Switch


     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
Setting
     2
     2
     1 This document provides dip switch settings for gate driver board (42755P4F)
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
and interface board (PC61910P109A) for drives 454 – 1500 kVA. The smaller 
    e
     F
  - sizes 66 – 390 kVA settings are hardwired. A similar document will be provided
     1
     0 for spare parts from Toshiba directly.
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-54    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-54 

Table 12-16: S3/S7+ Models, 454 - 1500 kVA, Without Sinewave Filter 

Drive kVA   DIP Switch Location DIP Switch Setting Gate Drive Board
Type

1 2 3 4   5   6   7   8 9 10
454 42755P4F   OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF   - -   42755P4F
518 @ 40C 42755P4F ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF   - -   42755P4F
518 PC61910P109A OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 42755P4E
     7
     3
    :
     1 600 PC61910P109A ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 42755P4E
     2
    :
     2
     2 700   PC61910P109A OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4E
     1
     1
     0 815   PC61910P109A ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
     2
  -
     b
    e 932   PC61910P109A OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
     F
  -
     1
     0 1000   PC61910P109A ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
    :
     d
    e 1200   PC61910P109A OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
1400 @ 40C PC61910P109A ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     P
     \
     1 1500 @ 40C PC61910P109A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

12-55    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-55 

Table 12-17: S3/S7+ Models, 454 - 1500 kVA, Sinewave Filter 

Drive kVA   DIP Switch Location DIP Switch Setting Gate Drive Board
Type

1 2 3 4   5   6   7   8 9 10
454 42755P4F   OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF   - -   42755P4F
518 @ 40C 42755P4F ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF   - -   42755P4F
518 PC61910P109A OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 42755P4E
     7
     3
    :
     1 600 PC61910P109A ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 42755P4E
     2
    :
     2
     2 700   PC61910P109A OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4E
     1
     1
     0 815   PC61910P109A ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
     2
  -
     b
    e 932 @ 40C PC61910P109A OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
     F
  -
     1
     0 1000 @40C PC61910P109A ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF   42755P4F
    :
     d
    e 932   PC61910P109A OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
1000   PC61910P109A ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     P
     \
     1 1200   PC61910P109A OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     2
     6
     0 1400 @ 40C PC61910P109A ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     2
     7
     8
     4 1500 @ 40C PC61910P109A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON   42755P4F
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

12-56    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-56 

12.8    Troubleshooting the UniConn


Refer to UniConn InTouch ID 3953183 for troubleshooting the UniConn.

12.9   Common Fault Displays


     7
     3
    : This section describes common faults or errors as displayed on the Toshiba
     1
     2
    :
     2 keypad.
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
12.9.1   S3 VSD Typeform Error Procedure
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
1.  Verify DC control power supplies.
    c
    u
     d 2.  If they are in good order, check Item 288 (Inverter Typeform) using the
    o
    r
     P
     \ Toshiba G3 keypad and compare it to the following chart.
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2 Table 12-18: S3 VSD Typeform Codes
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1 Type
    :
     D
     I Code: G3 Type Code:
     U Typeform kVA size
keypad Item UniConn
     S
     M 288/StarView
     D
     E
     \ 4660 66 kVA 4E 78
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
4830 83 kVA 4F 79
    n
    a 411K 110 kVA 50 80
     J
  -
     0
     2
    : 413K 130 kVA 51 81
    e
     t
    a
     D 416K 163 kVA 52 82
    e
    s
    a 420K 200 kVA 53 83
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
426K 260kVA 54 84
     1
 .
     3
     \ 439K 390 kVA 56 86
     6
     0
     0 445K 454 kVA 57 87
     7
     9
     1 451K 518 kVA 58 88
     4
     D
     I
     h 460K 600 kVA 59 89
    c
    u
    o 470K 700 kVA 5A 90
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i 481K 815 kVA 5B 91
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
493K 932 kVA   5C   92
     l
     E
     d 410L 1000 kVA 5D 93
    e
    m 412L 1200 kVA 5E 94
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-57    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-57 

414L 1400 kVA 5F 95


415L 1500 kVA 40 64

a.  If different, enter 7 in Item 280 (Standard Setting Mode Selection) on the
Toshiba keypad, and then check Item 288 again. Do NOT leave the drive
with an incorrect setting in Item 288.
b.  If the same, what has changed recently? Verify cables, wiring, board
numbers, and Typeform detection circuit.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
12.9.2    S7+/ST7 VSD Typeform Error Procedure
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
1.  Verify DC control power supplies.
     F
  -
     1
     0 2.  If they are in good order, check Item FF92 (Inverter Typeform) using the
    :
     d Toshiba G7 keypad and compare it to the following chart.
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r Table 12-19: S7+/ST7 Typeform Codes
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6 Type Code: G7
     0 Type Code: Hexadecimal
     2 Typeform   kVA size Keypad Item
     7 Equivalent Value
     8
     4 FF92/UniConn/StarView
     6
     1
    : HX7+4660 66 kVA 2387 953
     D
     I
     U
HX7+4830 83 kVA 2388 954
     S
     M
     D HX7+411K 110 kVA 2389 955
     E
     \
     1 HX7+413K 130 kVA 2390 956
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n HX7+416K 163 kVA 2391 957
    a
     J
  -
     0 HX7+420K 200 kVA 2392 958
     2
    :
    e
     t HX7+426K 260kVA 2393 959
    a
     D
    e HX7+439K 390 kVA 2396   95C
    s
    a
    e
     l HX7+445K 454 kVA 2398 95E
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
HX7+451K-40 518 kVA @ 40 degC   2399 95F
     3
     \
     6 HX7+451K-50 518 kVA @ 50 degC 2400   960
     0
     0
     7 HX7+460K 600 kVA 2401 961
     9
     1
     4
     D HX7+470K 700 kVA 2402 962
     I
     h
    c HX7+481K 815 kVA 2403 963
    u
    o
     T HX7+493K-40 932 kVA @ 40 degC 2404 964
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d HX7+493K-50 932 kVA @ 50 degC 2405 965
    a
     K
  -
     l HX7+410L-40 1000 kVA @ 40 degC 2406 966
     E
     d
    e HX7+410L-50   1000 kVA @ 50 degC   2407 967
    m
     h
     A
     \ HX7+412L 1200 kVA 2408 968
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-58    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-58 

Type Code: G7
Type Code: Hexadecimal
Typeform kVA size Keypad Item
Equivalent Value
FF92/UniConn/StarView
HX7+414L 1400 kVA 2409 969
HX7+415L 1500 kVA 2410 96A

a.  If different, press the Rotary Encoder on the Toshiba keypad and scroll
to the desired Type Code as indicated in the table above. Press the
Rotary Encoder and then ESC. Do NOT leave the drive with an incorrect
     7
     3
    :
     1
setting in Item FF92.
     2
    :
     2
     2 b.  If the same, what has changed recently? Verify cables, wiring, board
     1
     1 numbers, and Typeform detection circuit.
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
12.9.3   S3 VSD Current Detection Error Procedure
    e
    c
    u
     d 1.  Verify DC control power supplies.
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 2.  If they are in good order, remove power from drive and make the control
     2
     6
     0 board accessible.
     2
     7
     8
     4 3.  Power up the drive with the control board exposed, allowing access to IC13
     6
     1
    : and IC14.
     D
     I
     U
     S 4.  Check DC Voltage on IC13 and IC14 between Pin 1 and CC and Pin 7 and
     M
     D CC (on each chip). Ignore the signs of the voltage.
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 a.  If |x| is about 2.5 volts DC, the current detection problem should not be
     2
  -
    n
    a occurring. It may have been caused by a loose connection or whatever 
     J
  -
     0
     2
was removed from the circuit. If the problem persists even with the proper 
    :
    e
     t voltage, replace the control board.
    a
     D
    e b.  If |x| > 7.5 volts DC, the IC is blown. The control board needs to be
    s
    a
    e
     l replaced.
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . c.  If |x| < 2.5 or 2.5 < |x| < 7.5 volts DC, then the problem is in the current
     3
     \
     6 detection circuit. See drive schematics for tracing the signal.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
12.9.4   S7+ and ST7 VSD Current Detection Error Procedure
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I 1.  Verify DC control power supplies.
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a 2.  If they are in good order, remove power from drive and make the control
     K
  -
     l
     E board accessible.
     d
    e
    m 3.  Power up the drive with the control board exposed, allowing access to
     h
     A
     \
     C U18–A, U18–B and U18–C.
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

12-59   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Troubleshooting   12-59

4.  Check DC Voltage on U18–A, U18–B and U18–C between pin 1 and CC, pin
7 and CC and pin 8 and CC (on each chip). Ignore the signs of the voltage.

a.  If |x| is about 2.5 volts DC, the current detection problem should not be
occurring. It may have been caused by a loose connection or whatever 
was removed from the circuit. If the problem persists even with the proper 
voltage, replace the control board.
b.  If |x| > 7.5 volts DC, the IC is blown. The control board needs to be
replaced.
     7
     3
    :
     1 c.  If |x| < 2.5 or 2.5 < |x| < 7.5 volts DC, then the problem is in the current
     2
    :
     2
     2 detection circuit. See drive schematics for tracing the signal.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
12.9.5    S3 VSD Open Fuse Alarm/Trip (Press Clear)
     0
    :
     d
    e This trip indicates the drive interpreting a short on the CN9 (heat detection
    c
    u
     d circuit). This can mean a failed thermistor or other problem. Fans will usually
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 activate at this time as well.
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
12.9.6    S7+/ST7 VSD Overheat Alarm/Trip (Press Clear)
    :
     D
     I
     U This trip indicates the drive interpreting a short on the CN9 (heat detection
     S
     M circuit). This can mean a failed thermistor or other problem. Fans will usually
     D
     E
     \
     1 activate at this time as well.
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

 A-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Menu Maps   A-i 

 A   Menu Maps

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

 A-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Menu Maps   A-1

 A   Menu Maps
Refer to UniConn InTouch ID 3953183, HMI SS2K+ InTouch ID 3953265, and
HMI Speedstar SWD InTouch ID 3860611 controller menu maps.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-i 

B   Reference Material
B.1   Harmonics Concerns with VSDs ________________________________    B-1
B.1.1   Harmonics Worksheet ________________________________________    B-1
B.2    ROM Versions and History _____________________________________    B-4 
B.3    Application Data and Issue Identification Table _________________    B-5 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-1

B   Reference Material
This appendix contains documents that do not readily belong in the main
chapters of the manual. Often, newly released information will be included in
reference material before being incorporated to the main manual chapters.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
B.1   Harmonics Concerns with VSDs
     2
     2
     1 This section contains a worksheet (questionnaire) for the installer or 
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
troubleshooter to use should a problem arise or be suspected due to harmonics
    e
     F
  - problems being created by VSD loads. Please answer each question as
     1
     0 completely as possible and then contact Artificial Lift InTouch Support for support.
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
B.1.1   Harmonics Worksheet
     2
     6
     0
     2 Please answer the following questions as completely as possible. This
     7
     8
     4 information will be used to run a computer simulation of your drive application
     6
     1
    : to generate an estimate of the harmonic levels produced by any VSD loads. If 
     D
     I
     U some of the questions cannot be answered, some assumptions will be made
     S
     M about the system. Refer to the drawing(s) included in this manual and the drive
     D
     E
     \ cabinet for complete system details. When the questions below are completed,
     1
     1
     0
     2
contact Artificial Lift InTouch Support for assistance.
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
Note
    a
     D In the questions below, PCC refers to common point(s) of coupling on Figure
    e
    s B-1: VSD Points of Common Coupling.
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 . 1.   What is the utility input voltage and frequency to the main transformer (PCC1)
     3
     \
     6
     0
? ___________Volts
     0
     7
     9 2.  What is the utility system short circuit duty amperage (Isc) immediately before
     1
     4
     D
     I
the main transformer for the facility (PCC1)? ______________Amps (this is
     h optional - provided by the utility - required only if PCC1 is the PCC of concern)
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
3.  What is the main transformer (T1) ________kVA? and the percent
     i
    r
     d impedance? __________%
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E 4.  What is the impedance ratio of the main transformer (T1) __________ 
     d
    e to ___________? (Inductance : Resistance - Typically 10:1 for large
    m
     h transformer, ratios higher than 10:1 will have negligible impact on results)
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-2 

5.  What is the bus fault current (Isc) after the main transformer (at PCC2)?
 ____________Amps
6.  What is the main bus voltage of the (secondary of the main transformer T1)?
 ____________Volts
7.  What is the inductance or distance of the power line from the main
transformer (PCC2) to the main plant power bus (PCC3) ___________?
8.  What is the inductance or distance of the power line from the main plant bus
     7 (PCC3) to the VSD isolation transformer___________?
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : 9.  What is the VSD isolation transformer (T2) kVA and % impedance?
     2
     2
     1  __________kVA___________ % (transformer directly before the VSD)
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
10. What is the impedance ratio of the input transformer (T2) _____________?
    e
     F
  - (Inductance : Resistance - Typically 10:1 for large transformer, ratios higher 
     1
     0 than 10:1 will have negligible impact on results)
    :
     d
    e
    c 11. Is an AC line reactor going to be used? ________(YES / NO) If so, what is
    u
     d
    o
    r the impedance or reactance in microHenries? ______________uH
     P
     \
     1
     2 12. What is the system’s nominal fundamental (other non— harmonic) load
     6
     0
     2 current on the main power bus? __________Amps
     7
     8
     4
     6 13. Are there other VSDs in the system? If so, how many? All information on
     1
    :
     D
     I the transformer associated with these VSDs must be supplied.
     U
     S
     M 14. Are there any other harmonic on the system that need to be considered in
     D
     E
     \ this calculation? If so, please give the values of these harmonics.
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
15. What is the point of common coupling for the harmonics measurements
    n
    a
     J (PCC 1-7)? Refer to Figure B-1: VSD Points of Common Coupling.
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-3 

UTILITY

PCC1

T1 - MAIN
TRANSFORMER

PCC2
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : LINE
     2
     2 IMPEDANCE
     1
     1
     0
     2
  - MAIN POWER BUSS
     b
    e PCC3
     F
  -
OTHER NON-HARMONIC
     1
     0 LOADS
    :
     d LINE
    e
    c IMPEDANCE
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1 PCC4
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8 VSD ISOLATION
     4
     6
     1 TRANSFORMER
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M PCC5
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0 LINE
     2
  -
    n IMPEDANCE
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a PCC6
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l INPUT AC LINE
    e
     R
     \ REACTOR
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 PCC7
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u VSD WITH
    o
     T MOTOR LOAD
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d Figure B-1: VSD Points of Common Coupling.  In this diagram, PCCs listed 
    a
     K
  -
     l on the left identify common points of coupling.
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-4    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-4 

B.2    ROM Versions and History


This section contains a table that lists all available ROM versions and describes
the VSD and SWD versions with which they are compatible.

Version Description/History Effective Date


V7000 Probably not applicable to any 12/5/97
active drives.
     7
     3
    :
     1 V7001 Changed to facilitate a 12/24/97
     2
    :
     2 communication match for 
     2
     1 compatibility with the HMI.
     1
     0
     2
  - V7002   Added typeforms for 518 kVA 5/22/98
     b
    e drives and larger. If an older 
     F
  -
     1 ROM was installed in such a
     0
    : drive, a typeform error would
     d
    e display, but there were no
    c
    u problems with the drive.
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \ V7003   Changed software to unknown
     1
     2 implement DC Bus voltage
     6
     0 detection. In very rare cases
     2
     7
     8 (high harmonic content) the
     4
     6 MS1 contactor would open
     1
    : and reset. This problem was
     D
     I
     U reported by a distributor of 
     S VSDs.
     M
     D
     E
     \ V7004 Never implemented. This rev unknown
     1 would have enabled 1400 kVA
     1
     0
     2
  - capability.
    n
    a
     J
  - V7005 Never implemented. Was to unknown
     0
     2
    : add new defaults that HMI
    e
     t usually makes for use with
    a
     D W992.
    e
    s
    a V7006 Added 1400 kVA capability unknown
    e
     l
    e plus ground fault alarm
     R
     \
     1
 .
function.
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-5    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-5 

Version Description/History Effective Date


V7007 Implemented recently to add 2/12/2003
230 V functionality for Carrier 
Corp. No shipments of this
ROM have been made to
Schlumberger to date. As
of 2/12/2003 existing ROM
stock still being shipped. New
p/n is 53909 (v7007). Part
number 52796 (v7006) is now
     7 obsolete.
     3
    :
     1
     2
    : V7008   Difference is on motor  03/03/2006
     2
     2 overload trip. Upon motor 
     1 overload trip you can not clear 
     1
     0
     2
  - the trip and run the drive again
     b
    e until the motor overload count
     F
  -
     1 decreases to 0, which may
     0
    : take a few minutes. For the
     d
    e old version, after power off 
    c
    u the drive, the count is cleared.
     d
    o
    r  After power on, you can run
     P
     \
     1 the drive immediately. This
     2
     6 function supports NEC 2005
     0
     2 standard. New p/n is 58270.
     7
     8 The old manufacturer’s p/n
     4
     6
     1 was 53909.
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1 Note
     1
     0
     2
  -  Any newer ROM versions are backward compatible with previous ROM versions.
    n
    a
     J
  - To obtain the latest ROM version, order SLB part number 7012529.
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
B.3   Application Data and Issue Identification
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
Table
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6 The Figure B-2: Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 1 of 2)
     0
     0 provided here is used in the Troubleshooting chapter of this manual. This table
     7
     9
     1 provides information for EPC engineers to assist in the diagnosis and solution
     4
     D
     I of a problem in the  fi eld. It is essential to have the answers to the questions on
     h
    c this sheet ready when requesting assistance in order to get the problem solved
    u
    o
     T as quickly as possible.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-6    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-6 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E Figure B-2: Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 1 of 2)
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

B-7    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Reference Material   B-7 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i Figure B-3: Application Data and Issue Identification Table (p. 2 of 2)
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

C-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / VSD Nameplate   C-i 

C    VSD Nameplate

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

C-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / VSD Nameplate   C-1

C    VSD Nameplate
The Numbers on the VSD nameplate on the front (see Figure C-1: Example of a
nameplate on the front of an SLB VSD) and inside (see Figure C-2: Example
of the label that can be seen on the inside door of an SLB VSD) of the VSD
are as follows:
     7
     3
    : Serial # – The  fi rst 2 digits 09 is the year that the VSD was manufactured in, the
     1
     2
    :
     2 next 2 digits (3 and 4) 01 is the month that the VSD was manufactured in, and the
     2
     1
     1
last 5 digits 00240 is the overall serial number for the VSD. (This VSD was made
     0
     2
  - in January of 2009, 480 VAC, 200 KVA, Circuit Breaker, NEMA 3R, and 6 Pulse).
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
Part Number   – This number 100243556 is the part number that Toshiba
    :
     d Manufactures the VSD under for Schlumberger.
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r Type Form # – This number ST7B420KCB specifies the VSD type, input voltage,
     P
     \
     1
     2
size, and options. This information can be looked up on the VSD drawings in
     6
     0
     2
detail (see Figure C-3: Example of the information that can be seen on the
     7
     8
     4
drawings for the VSDs on the page 5).
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0 Figure C-1: Example of a nameplate on the front of an SLB VSD
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o Note
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i There my be differences between the input voltage on this label 460 volts and the
    r
     d
    a posted input voltages of the VSD of 480 volts. SLB VSDs are rated for 480 VAC
     K
  -
     l
     E as this is what “calculated” KVA for the VSDs use is 480 VAC and the nameplate
     d
    e amperage seen on this label.
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

C-2    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / VSD Nameplate   C-2 

Note
Disregard the input amperage as this value changes depending on what the input
waveform to the VSD looks like and the 0-90 Hz rating as this value changes
according to the controller on the VSD such as the UniConn.

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D Figur e C-2: Example of the label that can be seen on the inside door of an SLB VSD
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e This is an example of the information that can be seen on the drawings for the
     R
     \
     1
 .
VSDs. This gives an explanation of   Type Form # that is seen on the nameplate
     3
     \
     6 on the front and inside door of the VSDs.
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I Note
     h
    c NOTE – Please refer to the drawings that were sent with the VSD that you are
    u
    o
     T servicing for the correct interpretation of this number.
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

C-3    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / VSD Nameplate   C-3 

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7 Figure C-3: Example of the information that can be seen on the drawings for the VSDs
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n
     E Private
     L
     A Copyright  © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 

D-i    SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Special Symbols   D-i 

D   Special Symbols

     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
     b
    e
     F
  -
     1
     0
    :
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0
     2
     7
     8
     4
     6
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
     1
     0
     2
  -
    n
    a
     J
  -
     0
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e
    s
    a
    e
     l
    e
     R
     \
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A
 

D-1   SpeedStar and VariStar 2000+ SWD Operation Manual / Special Symbols   D-1

D   Special Symbols
To identify special hazards, other symbols may appear in conjunction with the
DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION signal words. These symbols indicate
areas that require special and/or strict adherence to the procedures to prevent
serious injury to personnel or loss of life.
     7
     3
    :
     1
     2
    :
     2
     2
     1
     1
     0 Electrical Hazard Symbol
     2
  -
     b
    e  A symbol that is comprised of an equilateral triangle enclosing
     F
  -
     1 a lightning bolt indicates a hazard of injury from electrical
     0
    : shock or burn.
     d
    e
    c
    u
     d
    o
    r
     P
     \
     1
     2
     6
     0 Explosion Hazard Symbol
     2
     7
     8  A symbol that is comprised of an equilateral triangle enclosing
     4
     6 an explosion indicates a hazard of injury from exploding parts.
     1
    :
     D
     I
     U
     S
     M
     D
     E
     \
     1
Hot Surface Symbol
     1
     0  A symbol that is comprised of an equilateral triangle enclosing
     2
  -
    n a heat-emitting surface indicates a hazard of injury from hot
    a
     J
  -
     0
surfaces or components.
     2
    :
    e
     t
    a
     D
    e Read Manual Symbol
    s
    a
    e
     l  A symbol that is comprised of a circle enclosing a manual
    e
     R
     \
indicates that the manual must be read before operation.
     1
 .
     3
     \
     6
     0
     0
     7
     9
     1
     4
     D
     I
     h
    c
    u
    o
     T
    n
     I
     \
     i
    r
     d
    a
     K
  -
     l
     E
     d
    e
    m
     h
     A
     \
     C
     P
     E
    g
    n
     i
    r
    e
    e
    n
     i
    g
    n Private
     E
     L Copyright © 2011 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
     A

You might also like